US20070010450A1 - Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070010450A1
US20070010450A1 US10/868,744 US86874404A US2007010450A1 US 20070010450 A1 US20070010450 A1 US 20070010450A1 US 86874404 A US86874404 A US 86874404A US 2007010450 A1 US2007010450 A1 US 2007010450A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
xaa
amino acid
seq
cys
asp
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/868,744
Inventor
Mark Currie
Shalina Mahajan-Miklos
Li Sun
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ironwood Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Microbia Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=34198929&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20070010450(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to US10/868,744 priority Critical patent/US20070010450A1/en
Application filed by Microbia Inc filed Critical Microbia Inc
Assigned to MICROBIA, INC. reassignment MICROBIA, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SUN, LI JING, CURRIE, MARK G., MAHAJAN-MIKLOS, SHALINA
Priority to US11/054,072 priority patent/US7494979B2/en
Publication of US20070010450A1 publication Critical patent/US20070010450A1/en
Assigned to IRONWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment IRONWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MICROBIA, INC.
Priority to US12/568,107 priority patent/US8101579B2/en
Assigned to MICROBIA, INC. reassignment MICROBIA, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SUN, LI JING, CURRIE, MARK G., MAHAJAN-MIKLOS, SHALINA
Priority to US13/291,526 priority patent/US20120108525A1/en
Priority to US13/427,431 priority patent/US20130338063A9/en
Priority to US14/024,552 priority patent/US20140296163A1/en
Priority to US14/108,026 priority patent/US20140329765A1/en
Priority to US14/936,258 priority patent/US9840536B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/08Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/10Laxatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • This invention relates to methods and compositions for treating gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, congestive heart failure, benign prostatic hyperplasia and other disorders.
  • IBS Irritable bowel syndrome
  • IBS Inflammatory bowel syndrome, c-IBS is more common in women (ratio of 3:1) (Talley et al. 1995 Am J Epidemiol 142:76-83).
  • IBS is considered to be a “biopsychosocial” disorder resulting from a combination of three interacting mechanisms: altered bowel motility, an increased sensitivity of the intestine or colon to pain stimuli (visceral sensitivity) and psychosocial factors (Camilleri 2001 Gastroenterology 120:652-668).
  • IBS inducible nitric oxide (NO) and synthase (iNOS) and altered expression of inflammatory cytokines (reviewed by Talley 2000, Medscape Coverage of DDW Week).
  • NO inducible nitric oxide
  • iNOS synthase
  • the present invention features compositions and related methods for treating IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders and conditions (e.g., gastrointestinal motility disorders, functional gastrointestinal disorders, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), duodenogastric reflux, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia (including functional dyspepsia or nonulcer dyspepsia), gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction (or colonic pseudoobstruction), and disorders and conditions associated with constipation, e.g., constipation associated with use of opiate pain killers, post-surgical constipation, and constipation associated with neuropathic disorders as well as other conditions and disorders.
  • the compositions feature peptides that activate the guanylate cyclase C (GC-C) receptor.
  • GC-C guanylate cyclase C
  • the present invention also features compositions and related methods for treating obesity, congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH).
  • BPH benign prostatic hyperplasia
  • the peptides are useful because they can increase gastrointestinal motility.
  • the peptides are useful, in part, because they can decrease inflammation.
  • the peptides are also useful because they can decrease gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain.
  • the invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising certain peptides that are capable of activating the guanylate-cyclase C (GC-C) receptor.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprising a peptide of the invention as well as combination compositions comprising a peptide of the invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g., an agent for treating constipation (e.g., a chloride channel activator such as SPI-0211; Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Bethesda, Md., a laxative such as MiraLax; Braintree Laboratories, Braintree Mass.) or some other gastrointestinal disorder.
  • additional therapeutic agents include: acid reducing agents such as proton pump inhibitors (e.g.
  • omeprazole esomeprazole, lansoprazole, pantorazole and rabeprazole
  • H2 receptor blockers e.g., cimetidine, ranitidine, famotidine and nizatidine
  • pro-motility agents such as motilin agonists (e.g., GM-611 or mitemcinal fumarate), 5HT receptor agonists (e.g.
  • 5HT4 receptor agonists such as Zelnorm®; 5HT3 receptor agonists such as MKC-733), 5HT receptor antagonists (e.g., 5HT1, 5HT2, 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron), 5HT4 receptor antagonists, muscarinic receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, antispasmodics, antidepressants, centrally-acting analgesic agents such as opioid receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists (e.g., naltrexone), agents for the treatment of Inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (e.g., Traficet-ENTM (ChemoCentryx, Inc.; San Carlos, Calif.)), agents that treat gastrointestinal or visceral pain, and cGMP phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g., motapizone, zaprinast, and suldinac sulfone).
  • 5HT4 receptor antagonists e.g., 5HT1,
  • the peptides of the invention can also be used in combination with agents such as tianeptine (Stablon®) and other agents described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,683,072, (E)-4 (1,3bis(cyclohexylmethyl)-1,2,34,-tetrahydro-2,6-diono-9H-purin-8-yl)cinnamic acid nonaethylene glycol methyl ether ester and related compounds described in WO 02/067942.
  • the peptides can also be used in combination with treatments entailing the administration of microorganisms useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders such as IBS.
  • Probactrix® (The BioBalance Corporation; New York, N.Y.) is one example of a formulation that contains microorganisms useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders.
  • the peptides can also be used in combination with purgatives that draw fluids to the intestine (e.g., Visicol®, a combination of sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate and sodium phosphate dibasic anhydrate.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can include one or more agents selected from the group consisting of: Ca channel blockers (e.g., ziconotide), complete or partial 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron, ATI-7000; Aryx Thearpeutics, Santa Clara Calif.), 5HT4, 5HT2, and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), complete or partial 5HT receptor agonists including 5HT3, 5HT2, 5HT4 (e.g., tegaserod, mosapride and renzapride), 5HT1 receptor agonists, CRF receptor agonists (NBI-34041), ⁇ -3 adrenoreceptor agonists, opioid receptor agonists (e.g., loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl, naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine
  • the invention includes methods for treating various gastrointestinal disorders by administering a peptide that acts as a partial or complete agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the peptide contains up to four cysteines that form one or two disulfide bonds. In certain embodiments the disulfide bonds are replaced by other covalent cross-links and in some cases the cysteines are substituted by other residues to provide for alternative covalent cross-links.
  • the peptides may also include at least one trypsin or chymotrypsin cleavage site and/or a carboxy-terminal analgesic peptide or small molecule, e.g., AspPhe or some other analgesic peptide.
  • the analgesic peptide or small molecule may be preceded by a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that allows release of the analgesic peptide or small molecule.
  • the peptides and methods of the invention are also useful for treating pain and inflammation associated with various disorders, including gastrointestinal disorders.
  • Certain peptides include a functional chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site located so as to allow inactivation of the peptide upon cleavage.
  • Certain peptides having a functional cleavage site undergo cleavage and gradual inactivation in the digestive tract, and this is desirable in some circumstances.
  • a functional chymotrypsin site is altered, increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo(e.g., guanylin).
  • the invention includes methods for treating other disorders such as congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia by administering a peptide or small molecule (parenterally or orally) that acts as an agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • a peptide or small molecule parenterally or orally
  • Such agents can be used in combination with natriuretic peptides (e.g., atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • the invention features methods and compositions for increasing intestinal motility.
  • Intestinal motility involves spontaneous coordinated distentions and contractions of the stomach, intestines, colon and rectum to move food through the gastrointestinal tract during the digestive process.
  • the peptide can contain additional carboxy terminal or amino terminal amino acids or both.
  • the peptide can include an amino terminal sequence that facilitates recombinant production of the peptide and is cleaved prior to administration of the peptide to a patient.
  • the peptide can also include other amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acids.
  • the additional amino acids protect the peptide, stabilize the peptide or alter the activity of the peptide.
  • some or all of these additional amino acids are removed prior to administration of the peptide to a patient.
  • the peptide can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 80, 90, 100 or more amino acids at its amino terminus or carboxy terminus or both.
  • the number of flanking amino acids need not be the same. For example, there can be 10 additional amino acids at the amino terminus of the peptide and none at the carboxy terminus.
  • the peptides include either one or two or more contiguous negatively charged amino acids (e.g., Asp or Glu) or one or two or more contiguous positively charged residues (e.g., Lys or Arg) or one or two or more contiguous positively or negatively charged amino acids at the carboxy terminus.
  • all of the flanking amino acids at the carboxy terminus are either positively or negatively charged.
  • the carboxy terminal charged amino acids are preceded by a Leu.
  • amino acid sequences can be added to the carboxy terminus of the peptide: Asp; Asp Lys; Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys; Asp Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys; Leu Lys Lys; and Leu Asp. It is also possible to simply add Leu at the carboxy terminus.
  • the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa 1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa 2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa 3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu;
  • Xaa 5 is Asp, Ile or Glu
  • Xaa 6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr
  • Xaa 8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa 9 is a) any amino acid, b) Phe, Tyr, Asn, Trp, c) an amino acid other than Phe, Trp, or Tyr, d) non-aromatic amino acid or e) is missing;
  • Xaa 10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa 11 is Ala or Val
  • Xaa 13 is Ala or Thr
  • Xaa 14 is Gly, Ala or Ser
  • Xaa 15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing
  • Xaa 16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • Xaa 1 is preceded by Lys or Tyr.
  • a Cys is replaces by any amino acid other than Cys. Certain such polypeptides will have fewer disulfide bonds.
  • the invention features a composition comprising a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein: Xaa 1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing; Xaa 2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing; Xaa 3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu; Xaa 5 is Asp, Ile or Glu; Xaa 6 is Ile, Trp or Leu; Xaa 7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr
  • the invention features a pharmaceutically acceptable tablet, pill, capsule comprising the peptide.
  • the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa 1 is Asn, any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa 2 is Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa 3 is Asp or Glu
  • Xaa 5 is any amino acid or Glu
  • Xaa 6 is any amino acid or Leu
  • Xaa 7 is Cys
  • Xaa 8 is any amino acid or Val
  • Xaa 9 is Asn, Gln, Tyr;
  • Xaa 10 is is any amino acid or Val
  • Xaa 11 is any amino acid or Ala
  • Xaa 13 is is any amino acid or Thr;
  • Xaa 14 is is any amino acid or Gly
  • Xaa 15 is Cys
  • Xaa 16 is any amino acid, Leu or missing
  • the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Asn 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Xaa 4 Glu 5 Leu 6 Xaa 7 Val 8 Asn 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Xaa 12 Thr 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Leu 16 (SEQ ID NO:______)
  • Xaa 2 is Asp or Glu
  • Xaa 3 is Asp or Glu
  • Xaa 4 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 10 is Val or Pro
  • Xaa 11 is Ala or Aib (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid);
  • Xaa 12 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 14 is Gly or Ala
  • Xaa 15 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu; and
  • Xaa 15 is other than Cys or is missing
  • Xaa 7 is Ser or an amino acid other than Cys.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 of Xaa 1 , Xaa 2 , Xaa 3 , Xaa 5 , Xaa 6 , Xaa 7 , Xaa 8 , Xaa 9 , Xaa 10 , Xaa 11 , Xaa 13 , Xaa 14 , and Xaa 16 are any amino acid other than Cys.
  • Xaa 9 is any amino acid other than Gln. In other embodiments where Xaa 2 and Xaa 3 are Glu, Xaa 9 is any amino acid other than Gln.
  • Xaa 1 and Xaa 2 are missing; Xaa 3 is Thr; Xaa 5 is Glu; Xaa 6 is Ile or Leu; Xaa 8 is Ala, Val, or Ile; Xaa 9 is Phe or Tyr; Xaa 10 is Ala or Val; Xaa 11 is Ala; Xaa 13 is Ala or Thr; Xaa 14 is Gly; and Xaa 16 is Trp, Tyr, Phe, Lys, Arg or is missing.
  • polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by chymotrypsin.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by chymotrypsin.
  • Xaa 1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa 2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, or Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa 3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing;
  • Xaa 5 is Asp, Ile or Glu
  • Xaa 6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr
  • Xaa 8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa 9 is either: a) any amino acid other than Phe and Tyr, b) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, and Trp, c) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; d) any non-aromatic amino acid or e) is missing;
  • Xaa 10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa 11 is Ala or Val
  • Xaa 13 is Ala or Thr
  • Xaa 14 is Gly, Ala or Ser
  • Xaa 15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing
  • Xaa 16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • the invention features variants of Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 1 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by chymotrypsin due to the addition of an amino terminal lysine.
  • An example of such a molecule is a human guanylin variant having an amino terminal lysine: KPGTCEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ).
  • peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by chymotrypsin, Xaa 7 and Xaa 15 are both Cys.
  • PGTCEICAYAACTGC human guanylin
  • Y is substituted by any amino acid other than a) Phe; b) any amino acid other than Phe and Trp; c) any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val and His; e) any non-aromatic amino acid or f) is missing.
  • polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by either chymotrypsin or trypsin.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by either chymotrypsin or trypsin.
  • Xaa 1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa 2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, or Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa 3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing;
  • Xaa 5 is Asp, Ile or Glu
  • Xaa 6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr
  • Xaa 8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa 9 is either: a) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe and Tyr, b) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, and Trp, c) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; or e) is missing;
  • Xaa 10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa 11 is Ala or Val
  • Xaa 13 is Ala or Thr
  • Xaa 14 is Gly, Ala or Ser
  • Xaa 15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing
  • Xaa 16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa 9 by chymotrypsin or trypsin, Xaa 7 and Xaa 15 are both Cys.
  • PGTCEICAYAACTGC human guanylin
  • PGTCEICATAACTGC human guanylin
  • PGTCEICANAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICAQAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICARAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICAEAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICADAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICAGAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICALAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICALAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICAVAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • PGTCEICAHAACTGC SEQ ID NO:
  • the invention also features deletion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids, other than a Cys, are deleted. Where two (or more) amino acids are deleted and the peptide comprises the sequence: Cys a Xaa Xaa Cys b Xaa Xaa Xaa Cys c Xaa Xaa Cys d , in some embodiments two or more deletions can be located between Cys a and Cys b or between Cys b and Cys c or between Cys c and Cys d . Thus, there can be two or more deletions between two Cys.
  • the invention includes any of the peptides described herein comprising the sequence Cys a Xaa Xaa Cys b Xaa Xaa Xaa Cys c Xaa Xaa Cys d wherein: a) one amino acid between Cys a and Cys b is deleted; b) one amino acid between Cys b and Cys c is deleted; c) one amino acid between Cys c and Cys d is deleted; d) one amino acid between Cys a and Cys b is deleted and one amino acid between Cys b and Cys c is deleted; e) one amino acid between Cys a and Cys b is deleted and one amino acid between Cys c and Cys d is deleted; f) one amino acid between Cys b and Cys c is deleted and one amino acid between Cys c and Cys d is deleted; or g) one amino acid between Cys a and Cys b is deleted, one amino acid between Cys a
  • the invention also features deletion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids (or non-natural amino acids or natural or non-natural amino acid analogs), other than a Cys (or an amino acid substituted for Cys, e.g., an amino acid capable of forming a covalent bond to another amino acid) is deleted.
  • additional variants include those in which a Cys is substituted by an amino acid capable of forming a covalent linkage with another amino acid (e.g., a Cys or a substitute therefore).
  • Such amino acids include: Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid).
  • FIG. 1 includes deletion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are deleted.
  • the deleted amino acids are between Cys a and Cys d as well as amino terminal to Cys a .
  • the invention also features insertion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted.
  • two (or more) amino acids are inserted and the peptide comprises the sequence: Cys a Xaa Xaa Cys b Xaa Xaa Xaa Cys c Xaa Xaa Cys d
  • two or more insertions can be located between Cys a and Cys b or between Cys b and Cys c or between Cys c and Cys d .
  • the invention includes any of the peptides described herein comprising the sequence Cys a Xaa Xaa Cys b Xaa Xaa Xaa Cys c Xaa Xaa Cys d wherein: a) one amino acid is inserted between Cys a and Cys b ; b) one amino acid is inserted between Cys b and Cys c ; c) one amino acid is inserted between Cys c and Cys d ; d) one amino acid is inserted between Cys a and Cys b and one amino acid is inserted between Cys b and Cys c ; e) one amino acid is inserted between Cys a and Cys b and one amino acid is inserted between Cys c and Cys d ; f) one amino acid is inserted between Cys b and Cys c and one amino acid is inserted between Cys c and Cys d or g) one amino acid is inserted
  • one or more amino acids can be inserted preceding Cys a and/or one or more amino acids can be inserted following Cys d .
  • the insertions can be any natural or non-natural occurring amino acid (e.g., Gly or Ala) or amino acid analog and where there are more than one insertions present, they can be the same or different.
  • the various deletion variants are peptides that bind to and/or activate the GC-C receptor.
  • the invention includes the following insertion variants of PGTCGEICAYAACTGC (human guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) include: PGTCEGICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEIGCAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICGAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAGYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYGAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAGACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAAGCTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAACGTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAACTGGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCAEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEAICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEIACAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAAACTGC
  • insertion variants of human guanylin can have up to four amino acids (i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 natural or non-natural amino acids) inserted after each of the 15 amino acids in human guanylin.
  • the invention includes peptides having the sequence: Pro Xaa (0-4) Gly Xaa) (0-4) Thr Xaa (0-4) Cys Xaa (0-4) Glu Xaa (0-4) Ile Xaa (0-4) Cys Xaa (0-4) Ala Xaa (0-4) Tyr Xaa (0-4) Ala Xaa (0-4) Ala Xaa (0-4) Ala Xaa (0-4) Cys Xaa (0-4) Thr Xaa (0-4) Gly Xaa (0-4) Cys Xaa (0-4) (SEQ ID NO: ).
  • the inserted amino acids can be any amino acid and can be the same or different. In certain embodiments the inserted amino acids are all Gly or all
  • FIG. 2 depicts insertion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted.
  • the inserted amino acids are between Cys a and Cys d as well as amino terminal to Cys a and carboxy terminal to Cys d .
  • the invention also features variants of peptides having the sequence Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1), e.g., variants of PGTCEICAYAACTGC human guanylin (SEQ ID NO: ) in which up to four amino acids are deleted and/or up to four amino acids are inserted.
  • the insertions and deletions can be between Cys 4 and Cys 12 in SEQ ID NO: 1 or they can be amino terminal to Cys 4 and/or carboxy terminal to Cys 12 in SEQ ID NO:1
  • the peptide When Xaa 16 is Trp, Tyr or Phe, the peptide has a chymotrypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate the portion of the peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa 16 .
  • the peptide When Xaa 16 is Lys or Arg, the peptide has a trypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate portion of the peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa 16 .
  • the peptide includes an analgesic peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa 16 , the peptide will be liberated in the digestive tract upon exposure to the appropriate protease.
  • analgesic peptides which can be included in the peptide are: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance P and other analgesic peptides described herein.
  • the peptide has a chymotrypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate the portion of the peptide amino-terminal to Xaa 1 (or Xaa 2 or Xaa 3 ) along with Xaa 1 , Xaa 2 or Xaa 3 .
  • the peptide When Xaa 1 or the amino-terminal amino acid of the peptide of the invention (e.g., Xaa 2 or Xaa 3 ) is Lys or Arg, the peptide has a trypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate portion of the peptide amino-terminal to Xaa 1 along with Xaa 1 , Xaa 2 or Xaa 3 ). Thus, for example, if the peptide includes an analgesic peptide amino-terminal to Xaa 1 , the peptide will be liberated in the digestive tract upon exposure to the appropriate protease.
  • analgesic peptides which can be included in the peptide are: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance p and other analgesic peptides described herein.
  • the peptides can linked, e.g., covalently linked to any of a variety of other analgesic peptides or analgesic compounds.
  • a peptide described herein can be linked to a second therapeutic agent, e.g., an agent for treating constipation (e.g., a chloride channel activator such as SPI-0211; Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Bethesda, Md., a laxative such as MiraLax; Braintree Laboratories, Braintree Mass.) or some other gastrointestinal disorder.
  • a second therapeutic agent e.g., an agent for treating constipation (e.g., a chloride channel activator such as SPI-0211; Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Bethesda, Md., a laxative such as MiraLax; Braintree Laboratories, Braintree Mass.) or some other gastrointestinal disorder.
  • an agent for treating constipation e.g.,
  • Examples of a second therapeutic agent include: acid reducing agents such as proton pump inhibitors (e.g., omeprazole, esomeprazole, lansoprazole, pantorazole and rabeprazole), H2 receptor blockers (e.g., cimetidine, ranitidine, famotidine and nizatidine), pro-motility agents such as motilin agonists (e.g., GM-611 or mitemcinal fumarate), 5HT receptor agonists (e.g., 5HT4 receptor agonists such as Zelnorm®; 5HT3 receptor agonists such as MKC-733), 5HT receptor antagonists (e.g., 5HT1, 5HT2, 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron), 5HT4 receptor antagonists, muscarinic receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, antispasmodics, antidepressants, centrally-acting analgesic agents such as opioid receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists
  • the peptides of the invention can also be linked to agents such a tianeptine (Stablon®) and other agents described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,683,072; (E)-4 (1,3bis(cyclohexylmethyl)-1,2,34,-tetrahydro-2,6-diono-9H-purin-8-yl)cinnamic acid nonaethylene glycol methyl ether ester and related compounds described in WO 02/067942.
  • agents such as a tianeptine (Stablon®) and other agents described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,683,072; (E)-4 (1,3bis(cyclohexylmethyl)-1,2,34,-tetrahydro-2,6-diono-9H-purin-8-yl)cinnamic acid nonaethylene glycol methyl ether ester and related compounds described in WO 02/067942.
  • the peptides can be linked to an agent selected from the group consisting of: Ca channel blockers (e.g., ziconotide), complete or partial 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron, ATI-7000; Aryx Thearpeutics, Santa Clara Calif.), 5HT4, 5HT2, and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), complete or partial SHT receptor agonists including 5HT3, 5HT2, 5HT4 (e.g., tegaserod, mosapride and renzapride) and 5HT1 receptor agonists, CRF receptor agonists (NBI-34041), ⁇ -3 adrenoreceptor agonists, opioid receptor agonists (e.g., loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl, naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine
  • Amino acid, non-amino acid, peptide and non-peptide spacers can be interposed between a peptides of the invention and a peptide that has some other biological function, e.g., an analgesic peptide or a peptide used to treat obesity.
  • the linker can be one that is cleaved from the flanking peptides in vivo or one that remains linked to the flanking peptides in vivo.
  • glycine, beta-alanine, glycyl-glycine, glycyl-beta-alanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, 6-aminocaproic acid, L-phenylalanine, L-tryptophan and glycil-L-valil-L-phenylalanine can be used as a spacer (Chaltin et al. 2003 Helvetica Chimica Acta 86:533-547; Caliceti et al. 1993 FARMCO 48:919-32) as can polyethylene glycols (Butterworth et al. 1987 J. Med. Chem 30:1295-302) and maleimide derivatives (King et al.
  • the peptides can include the amino acid sequence of a peptide that occurs naturally in a vertebrate (e.g., mammalian) species or in a bacterial species.
  • the peptides can be partially or completely non-naturally occurring peptides.
  • peptidomimetics corresponding to the peptides of the invention.
  • disulfide bonds are present between the first and third cysteines and between the second and fourth cysteines, e.g., there is a disulfide bond between Cys 4 and Cys 12 and a disulfide bond between Xaa 7 and Xaa 15 (when Xaa 7 is a Cys and Xaa 15 is a Cys).
  • the peptide has only one disulfide bond, e.g., between the first and third cysteines (i.e., Cys 4 and Cys 12 ; corresponds to the first and second cysteines when Xaa 7 is other than Cys).
  • one or more Cys can be replaced by Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or some other amino acid that can covalently link to another amino acid (e.g., Cys, Mpt, Pen or Dpr).
  • one or both members of a pair of Cys residues which normally form a disulfide bond can be replaced by homocysteine, 3-mercaptoproline (Kolodziej et al. 1996 Int J Pept Protein Res 48:274); ⁇ , ⁇ , dimethylcysteine (Hunt et al. 1993 Int J Pept Protein Res 42:249) or diaminopropionic acid (Smith et al. 1978 J Med Chem 21:117) to form alternative internal cross-links at the positions of the normal disulfide bonds.
  • one or more disulfide bonds can be replaced by alternative covalent cross-links, e.g., an amide bond, an ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, a thio ester linkage, a lactam bridge, a carbamoyl linkage, a urea linkage, a thiourea linkage, a phosphonate ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, and alkenyl linkage, an ether, a thioether linkage, or an amino linkage.
  • alternative covalent cross-links e.g., an amide bond, an ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, a thio ester linkage, a lactam bridge, a carbamoyl linkage, a urea linkage, a thiourea linkage, a phosphonate ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, and alkenyl linkage, an ether, a thioether linkage, or an amino
  • one or more amino acids can be replaced by a non-naturally occurring amino acid or a naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acid analog.
  • an aromatic amino acid can be replaced by 3,4-dihydroxy-L-phenylalanine, 3-iodo-L-tyrosine, triiodothyronine, L-thyroxine, phenylglycine (Phg) or nor-tyrosine (norTyr).
  • Phg and norTyr and other amino acids including Phe and Tyr can be substituted by, e.g., a halogen, —CH 3 , —OH, —CH 2 NH 3 , —C(O)H, —CH 2 CH 3 , —CN, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —SH, or another group.
  • unnatural amino acids include: an unnatural analogue of tyrosine; an unnatural analogue of glutamine; an unnatural analogue of phenylalanine; an unnatural analogue of serine; an unnatural analogue of threonine; an alkyl, aryl, acyl, azido, cyano, halo, hydrazine, hydrazide, hydroxyl, alkenyl, alkynl, ether, thiol, sulfonyl, seleno, ester, thioacid, borate, boronate, phospho, phosphono, phosphine, heterocyclic, enone, imine, aldehyde, hydroxylamine, keto, or amino substituted amino acid, or any combination thereof; an amino acid with a photoactivatable cross-linker; a spin-labeled amino acid; a fluorescent amino acid; an amino acid with a novel functional group; an amino acid that covalent
  • an amino acid can be replaced by a naturally-occurring, non-essential amino acid, e.g., taurine.
  • Peptides that include non-natural amino acids can also be prepared using the methods described in WO02086075.
  • the peptides of the invention can be modified using standard modifications. Modifications may occur at the amino (N-), carboxy (C-) terminus, internally or a combination of any of the preceeding. In one aspect of the invention, there may be more than one type of modification on the peptide. Modifications include but are not limited to: acetylation, amidation, biotinylation, cinnamoylation, farnesylation, formylation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, phosphorylation (Ser, Tyr or Thr), stearoylation, succinylation, sulfurylation and cyclisation (via disulfide bridges or amide cyclisation), and modification by Cy3 or Cy5.
  • the peptides of the invention may also be modified by 2,4-dinitrophenyl (DNP), DNP-lysin, modification by 7-Amino-4-methyl-coumarin (AMC), flourescein, NBD (7-Nitrobenz-2-Oxa-1,3-Diazole), p-nitro-anilide, rhodamine B, EDANS (5-((2-aminoethyl)amino)naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid), dabcyl, dabsyl, dansyl, texas red, FMOC, and Tamra (Tetramethylrhodamine).
  • the peptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, BSA or KLH (Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin).
  • the invention also features a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa 1 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 2 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 3 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 5 is Glu
  • Xaa 6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys
  • Xaa 8 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids other than Cys or is missing;
  • Xaa 9 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids
  • Xaa 10 is Pro or Gly
  • Xaa 11 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids
  • Xaa 13 is Thr, Val or Gly
  • Xaa 14 is Gly or Ala
  • Xaa 15 is Cys
  • Xaa 16 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids or is missing.
  • Xaa 4 is immediately preceded by an amino acid sequence seleted from: Ser His Thr; Pro Ser Thr; Thr; Pro Asp Pro; Ile Ala Glu Asp Ser His Thr; Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Ser Thr; Ala Asn Thr; Asn Thr; Asp Pro Asn Thr; Lys Asn Thr; Pro Asn Thr; Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Asn Thr; Lys Pro Asn Thr; Asp Pro Gly Thr; Glu Asp Pro Gly Thr; Pro Gly Thr; Pro Ala Thr; Val Ala Ala Arg Ala Asp Leu; Gly Asp Asp; Asn Asp Glu; Gln Glu Asp; Asn Asp Asp; Arg Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp Asp Asp Asp
  • the invention further features a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa 1 is: a) Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing; b) preceded by Lys or Tyr; c) any amino acid; d) missing; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa 2 is: a) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing; b) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing; c) Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing; d) Asp or Glu; e) any amino acid other than Cys; e) Glu; f) missing; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or h) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa 3 is: a) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu; Asp or Glu; b) any amino acid other than Cys; c) Glu; d) Thr; e) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or g) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa 4 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu;
  • Xaa 5 is: a) any amino acid; b) Glu, Asp, Gln, Gly or Pro; c) Glu; d) Glu or Asp; e) Asp, Ile or Glu; f) any amino acid; or g) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa 6 is: a) Leu, Ile, Val, Ala, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; b) Leu, Ile, Val, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; Leu, Ile, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; c) Leu, Ile, Val, Trp, Tyr or Phe; d) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) Ile, Trp or Leu; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; h) Ile or Leu; i) Tyr; j) any amino acid; k) any amino acid except Leu; l) any natural or non-natural aromatic amino acid; or m) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa 7 is: a) Cys, Ser, or Tyr; Cys; b) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; c) Ser; or d) an amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa 8 is: a) Ala, Val, or Ile; b) Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing; c) any amino acid; d) Val; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) missing;
  • Xaa 9 is: a) any amino acid; b) any amino acid other than Phe and Tyr; c) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, and Trp; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; e) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; f) any amino acid other than Gln; g) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, and Trp; h) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; i) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; j) any non-aromatic amino acid; k) missing; l) Phe, Tyr, Asn, or Trp; m) Asn, Tyr, Asp or Ala; n) Asn, Gln, or Tyr; o
  • Xaa 10 is: a) Ala, Pro or Gly; b) Pro or Gly; c) Pro; d) Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile; e) any amino acid; f) Val; g) Val or Pro; h) Ala or Val; i) any amino acid other than Cys; j) Pro; or k) Gly;
  • Xaa 11 is: a) any amino acid; b) Ala, Leu, Ser, Gly, Val, Glu, Gln, Ile, Leu, Lys, Arg, or Asp; c) Ala or Gly; d) Ala; e) Ala or Val; f) any amino acid; g) Ala or Alb (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid); h) any amino acid other than Cys; i) Ala or Thr; or j) Thr.
  • Xaa 12 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu; or b) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa 13 is: a) Thr, Ala, Asn, Lys, Arg, or Trp; b) Thr, Ala, Lys, Arg, or Trp; c) any amino acid; d) any non-aromatic amino acid; e) Thr, Ala, or Trp; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; g) Thr or Ala; h) any amino acid; i) Thr; j) any amino acid other than Cys; k) Thr, Val, or Gly; l) Thr or Val, m) Thr or Gly, n) Val or Thr; o) Val; p) Thr; or q) Gly;
  • Xaa 14 is: a) Gly, Pro or Ala; b) Gly; c) any amino acid; d) Gly, Ala or Ser; e) Gly or Ala; f) any amino acid other than Cys; or g) Ala;
  • Xaa 15 is: a) Cys, Tyr or is missing; b) Cys; c) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, Glu; or d) any amino acid other than Cys or is missing; and
  • Xaa 16 is: a) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn, Ile, Val, His or Leu; b) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn or Leu; c) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; d) Trp, Tyr, or Phe; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) His, Leu or Ser; g) Tyr or Leu; Lys or Arg; h) His; i) any amino acid, j) Leu, or missing; k) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Lys, Arg or is missing; l) missing; m) any amino acid other than Cys; or n) Tyr.
  • polypeptide comprising, consiting of or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Xaa 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Xaa 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa 1 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 2 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 3 is any amino acid or is missing
  • Xaa 4 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 5 is Glu
  • Xaa 6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
  • Xaa 7 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 8 is any amino acid other than Cys or is missing
  • Xaa 9 is any amino acid
  • Xaa 10 is Pro or Gly
  • Xaa 11 is any amino acid
  • Xaa 12 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa 13 is Thr, Val or Gly
  • Xaa 14 is Gly or Ala
  • Xaa 15 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; and
  • Xaa 16 is any amino acid or is missing.
  • the various peptides can be present with a counterion.
  • Useful counterions include salts of: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate (EDTA), edisylate, embonate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, iodide, bromide, chloride, hydroxynaphthoate, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, estolate, maleate, malate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pantothenate, phosphate, salicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartarate, theoclate, acetamidobenzoate, adipate, alginate, aminosalicy
  • the invention also features a therapeutic or prophylactic method comprising administering a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the peptide can be administered orally, by rectal suppository or parenterally.
  • the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, duodenogastric reflux, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, colonic pseudo-obstruction, obesity, congestive heart failure, or benign prostatic hyperplasia; the composition is administered orally; the peptide comprises 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 or fewer amino acids.
  • the peptide comprises 20 or fewer amino acids, and the peptide comprises no more than 5 amino acids prior to Cys 4 . In other embodiments the peptide comprises no more than 20, 15, 10, or 5 peptides subsequent to Cys 15 .
  • Xaa 16 is a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site and an analgesic peptide is present immediately following Xaa 16 .
  • useful peptides are those comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of any of the following amino acid sequences: (SEQ ID NO: ) SHTCEICAFAACAGC; (opossum guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) PGTCEICAYAACTGC; (human guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) PSTCEICAYAACAGC; (pig guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) PNTCEICAYAACTGC; (rat guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) PDPCEICANAACTGCL; (European eel guanylin, inferred) (SEQ ID NO: ) NDDCELCVNVACTGCL; (human uroguanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) QEECELCINMACTGY; (opossum lymphoguanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) GDDCELCVNVACTGCS; (pig uroguanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) (S
  • the peptides can include the amino acid sequence of a peptide that occurs naturally in a vertebrate (e.g., mammalian) species or in a bacterial species.
  • the peptides can be partially or completely non-naturally occurring peptides.
  • the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering from constipation, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • a composition comprising a peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • Clinically accepted criteria that define constipation range from the frequency of bowel movements, the consistency of feces and the ease of bowel movement.
  • One common definition of constipation is less than three bowel movements per week. Other definitions include abnormally hard stools or defecation that requires excessive straining (Schiller 2001 Aliment Pharmacol Ther 15:749-763).
  • Constipation may be idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation) or secondary to other causes including neurologic, metabolic or endocrine disorders.
  • Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • analgesics like opioids
  • antihypertensives anticonvulsants
  • antidepressants antispasmodics
  • antipsychotics drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • the constipation is associated with use of a therapeutic agent; the constipation is associated with a neuropathic disorder; the constipation is post-surgical constipation; the constipation is associated with a gastrointestinal disorder; the constipation is idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation); the constipation is associated with neuropathic, metabolic or endocrine disorder (e.g., diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypocalcaemia, Multiple Sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, spinal cord lesions, neurofibromatosis, autonomic neuropathy, Chagas disease, Hirschsprung disease or cystic fibrosis). Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (e.g., opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • analgesics e.g., opioids
  • antihypertensives e
  • the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering a gastrointestinal disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, colonic pseudo-obstruction; Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, Inflammatory bowel disease , colonic pseudo-obstruction, obesity, congestive heart failure, and benign prostatic hyperplasia.
  • the invention features a method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the invention features a method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the invention features a method for increasing the activity of an intestinal guanylate cyclase (GC-C) receptor in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • GC-C intestinal guanylate cyclase
  • the invention features an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the invention features a composition comprising a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention features a method for treating obesity, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of obesity, for example, gut hormone fragment peptide YY 3-36 (PYY 3-36 ) ( N. Engl. J. Med.
  • a peptide useful for treating obesity can be administered as a co-therapy with a peptide of the invention either as a distinct molecule or as part of a fusion protein with a peptide of the invention.
  • PYY 3-36 can be fused to the carboxy or amino terminus of a peptide of the invention.
  • Such a fusion protein can include a chymostrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that can permit cleavage to separate the two peptides.
  • a peptide useful for treating obesity can be administered as a co-therapy with electrostimulation (U.S. 20040015201).
  • the invention features a method for treating congestive heart failure, the method comprising: administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of congestive heart failure, for example, a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • the invention features a method for treating benign prostatic hyperplasia, the method comprising: administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of BPH, for example, a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor (e.g., finasteride) or an alpha adrenergic inhibitor (e.g., doxazosine).
  • a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor e.g., finasteride
  • an alpha adrenergic inhibitor e.g., doxazosine
  • the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering a gastrointestinal disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, and colonic pseudo-obstruction.
  • the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering from constipation, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the invention features a method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the invention features a method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the invention features a method for treating congestive heart failure, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • GC-C agonists can act in the kidney and adrenal gland to control natriuresis, kaliuresis, and diuresis thereby reducing the build-up of fluid associated with congestive heart failure (Lorenz et al. J Clin Invest 112:1138, 2003; Carrithers et al. Kidney Int 65:40, 2004).
  • the agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of congestive heart failure, for example, a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide
  • a diuretic such as an atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide
  • an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme for example, a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide
  • the invention features a method for treating BPH, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • GC-C agonists acting in the prostate can reduce cellular hypertrophy and complications associated with cellular hypertrophy.
  • the agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of BPH, for example, a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor (e.g., finasteride) or an alpha adrenergic inhibitor (e.g., doxazosine).
  • a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor e.g., finasteride
  • an alpha adrenergic inhibitor e.g., doxazosine
  • the invention features a method for treating obesity, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • the agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of obesity, for example, sibutramine.
  • the peptides and agonists of the GC-C receptor can be used to treat constipation or decreased intestinal motility, slow digestion or slow stomach emptying.
  • the peptides can be used to relieve one or more symptoms of IBS (bloating, pain, constipation), GERD (acid reflux into the esophagus), duodenogastric reflux, functional dyspepsia, or gastroparesis (nausea, vomiting, bloating, delayed gastric emptying) and other disorders described herein.
  • constipation ranges from the frequency of bowel movements, the consistency of feces and the ease of bowel movement.
  • One common definition of constipation is less than three bowel movements per week.
  • Other definitions include abnormally hard stools or defecation that requires excessive straining (Schiller 2001, Aliment Pharmacol Ther 15:749-763).
  • Constipation may be idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation) or secondary to other causes including neurologic, metabolic or endocrine disorders.
  • Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • analgesics like opioids
  • antihypertensives anticonvulsants
  • antidepressants antispasmodics
  • antipsychotics drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • the invention features isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising or consisting of a sequence encoding a peptide of the invention.
  • the invention also features vectors, e.g., expression vectors that include such nucleic acid molecules and can be used to express a peptide of the invention in a cultured cell (e.g., a eukaryotic cell or a prokaryotic cell).
  • the vector can further include one or more regulatory elements, e.g., a heterologous promoter or elements required for translation operably linked to the sequence encoding the peptide.
  • the nucleic acid molecule will encode an amino acid sequence that includes the amino acid sequence of a peptide of the invention.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can encode a preprotein or a preproprotein that can be processed to produce a peptide of the invention.
  • a vector that includes a nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide of the invention or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a peptide of the invention may be either RNA or DNA, single- or double-stranded, prokaryotic, eukaryotic, or viral.
  • Vectors can include transposons, viral vectors, episomes, (e.g., plasmids), chromosomes inserts, and artificial chromosomes (e.g. BACs or YACs).
  • Suitable bacterial hosts for expression of the encode peptide or polypeptide include, but are not limited to, E. coli .
  • Suitable eukaryotic hosts include yeast such as S.
  • the vector nucleic acid can be used to generate a virus such as vaccinia or baculovirus.
  • the invention includes vectors and genetic constructs suitable for production of a peptide of the invention or a peptide or polypeptide comprising such a peptide.
  • the genetic construct also includes, in addition to the encoding nucleic acid molecule, elements that allow expression, such as a promoter and regulatory sequences.
  • the expression vectors may contain transcriptional control sequences that control transcriptional initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator, and repressor sequences.
  • transcriptional control sequences are well known to those in the art and may be functional in, but are not limited to, a bacterium, yeast, plant, or animal cell.
  • the expression vector can also include a translation regulatory sequence (e.g., an untranslated 5′ sequence, an untranslated 3′ sequence, a poly A addition site, or an internal ribosome entry site), a splicing sequence or splicing regulatory sequence, and a transcription termination sequence.
  • a translation regulatory sequence e.g., an untranslated 5′ sequence, an untranslated 3′ sequence, a poly A addition site, or an internal ribosome entry site
  • the vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into host DNA.
  • the invention also includes isolated host cells harboring one of the forgoing nucleic acid molecules and methods for producing a peptide by culturing such a cell and recovering the peptide or a precursor of the peptide.
  • Recovery of the peptide or precursor may refer to collecting the growth solution and need not involve additional steps of purification.
  • Proteins of the present invention can be purified using standard purification techniques, such as, but not limited to, affinity chromatography, thermaprecipitation, immunoaffinity chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, filtration, electrophoresis and hydrophobic interaction chromatography.
  • the invention features a method of increasing the level of cyclic guanosine 3′-monophosphate (cGMP) in an organ, tissue (e.g, the intestinal mucosa), or cell (e.g., a cell bearing GC-A receptor) by administering a composition that includes a peptide of the invention.
  • cGMP cyclic guanosine 3′-monophosphate
  • FIG. 1 depicts deletion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are deleted.
  • the deleted amino acids are between Cys a and Cys d as well as amino terminal to Cys a .
  • FIG. 2 depicts insertion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted.
  • the inserted amino acids are between Cys a and Cys d as well as amino terminal to Cys a and carboxy terminal to Cys d .
  • FIG. 3 depicts various polypeptides which include the amino acid sequence: Xaa 1 Xaa 2 Xaa 3 Cys 4 Xaa 5 Xaa 6 Xaa 7 Xaa 8 Xaa 9 Xaa 10 Xaa 11 Cys 12 Xaa 13 Xaa 14 Xaa 15 Xaa 16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein: Xaa 1 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa 2 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa 3 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa 5 is Glu; Xaa 6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu; Xaa 7 is Cys; Xaa 8 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids other than Cys or is missing; Xaa 9 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids; Xaa 10 is Pro or Gly; Xaa 1 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids; Xaa 13
  • the peptides of the invention bind to the guanylate cyclase (GC-C) receptor, a key regulator of fluid and electrolyte balance in the intestine and kidney.
  • GC-C guanylate cyclase
  • this receptor which is located on the apical membrane of the intestinal epithelial surface, causes an increase in intestinal epithelial cyclic GMP (cGMP).
  • cGMP intestinal epithelial cyclic GMP
  • This increase in cGMP is believed to cause a decrease in water and sodium absorption and an increase in chloride and potassium ion secretion, leading to changes in intestinal fluid and electrolyte transport and increased intestinal motility.
  • the intestinal GC-C receptor possesses an extracellular ligand binding region, a transmembrane region, an intracellular protein kinase-like region and a cyclase catalytic domain. Proposed functions for the GC-C receptor are the fluid and electrolyte homeostasis, the regulation of epithelial cell proliferation and the induction of apoptosis (Shaibhubhai 2002 Curr Opin Drug Dis Devel 5:261-268).
  • GC-C In addition to being expressed in gastrointestinal epithelial cells, GC-C is expressed in extra-intestinal tissues including kidney, lung, pancreas, pituitary, adrenal, developing liver, heart and male and female reproductive tissues (reviewed in Vaandrager 2002 Mol Cell Biochem 230:73-83). This suggests that the GC-C receptor agonists can be used in the treatment of disorders outside the GI tract, for example, congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia.
  • Ghrelin a peptide hormone secreted by the stomach, is a key regulator of appetite in humans. Ghrelin expression levels are regulated by fasting and by gastric emptying. (Kim et al., 2003, Neuroreprt 14:1317-20; Gualillo et al., 2003, FEBS Letts 552: 105-9). Thus, by increasing gastrointestinal motility, GC-C receptor agonists may also be used to regulate obesity.
  • the GC-C receptor is activated by guanylin (Gn) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,96,097), uroguanylin (Ugn) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,140,102) and lymphoguanylin (Forte et al. 1999 Endocrinology 140:1800-1806).
  • Certain of the peptides of the invention include the analgesic or anti-nociceptive tags such as the carboxy-terminal sequence AspPhe immediately following a Trp, Tyr or Phe (i.e., a chymotrypsin cleavage site) or following Lys or Arg (a trypsin cleavage site). Chymotrypsin in the intestinal tract will cleave such peptides immediately carboxy terminal to the Trp, Phe or Tyr residue, releasing the dipeptide, AspPhe. This dipeptide has been shown to have analgesic activity is animal models (Abdikkahi et al.
  • analgesic peptides can be present at the carboxy terminus of the peptide (following a cleavage site) including: endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance P.
  • various analgesic peptides and compounds can be covalently linked to or used in combination therapy with the therapeutic peptides described herein.
  • chymotrypsinogen is produced in the pancreas.
  • this inactive enzyme reaches the small intestine it is converted to active chymotrypsin by the excision of two di-peptides.
  • Active chymotrypsin will cleave peptides at the peptide bond on the carboxy-terminal side of Trp, Tyr or Phe.
  • the presence of active chymotrypsin in the intestinal tract will lead to cleavage of certain of the peptides of the invention having an appropriately positioned chymotrypsin cleavage site.
  • Certain of the peptides of the invention include a Trp, Tyr or Phe immediately followed by a carboxy-terminal analgesic peptide. It is expected that chymotrypsin cleavage will release the analgesic peptide from peptide of the invention having an appropriately positioned chymotrypsin cleavage site as the peptide passes through the intestinal tract.
  • Trypsinogen like chymotrypsin, is a serine protease that is produced in the pancreas and is present in the digestive tract.
  • the active form, trypsin will cleave peptides having a Lys or Arg.
  • the presence of active trypsin in the intestinal tract will lead to cleavage of certain of the peptides of the invention having an appropriately positioned trypsin cleavage site. It is expected that chymotrypsin cleavage will release the analgesic peptide from peptide of the invention having an appropriately positioned trypsin cleavage site as the peptide passes through the intestinal tract.
  • the peptides of the invention are produced as a prepro protein.
  • the prepro protein can include any suitable prepro sequence, including, for example, mnafllsalc llgawaalag gvtvqdgnfs fslesvkklk dlqepqeprv gklmfapip gepvvpilcs npnfpeelkp lckepnaqei lqrleeiaed (SEQ ID NO: ) and mgcraasgll pgvavvllll lqstqsvyiq yqgfrvqles mkklsdleaq wapsprlqaq sllpavchhp alpqdlqpvc asqeassifk tlrtia (SEQ ID NO: ) or a bacterial leader sequence such as: mkksilfiflsvlsfspfaqd
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,490 describes vectors, expression systems and methods for the efficient production of certain mature peptides having disulfide bonds in bacterial cells and methods for achieving efficient secretion of such mature peptides.
  • the vectors, expression systems and methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,490 can be used to produce the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the invention includes variant peptides that can include one, two, three, four, or five or more (e.g., 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15) amino acid substitutions compared to any of the peptides described above.
  • the substitution(s) can be conservative or non-conservative.
  • the naturally-occurring amino acids can be substituted by D-isomers of any amino acid, non-natural amino acids, natural and non-natural amino acid analogs, and other groups.
  • a conservative amino acid substitution results in the alteration of an amino acid for a similar acting amino acid, or amino acid of like charge, polarity, or hydrophobicity. At some positions, even conservative amino acid substitutions can reduce the activity of the peptide.
  • a conservative substitution can substitute a naturally-occurring amino acid for a non-naturally-occurring amino acid.
  • Naturally occurring amino acid substitutions generally considered conservative are: For Amino Acid Code Replace with any of Alanine Ala Gly, Cys, Ser Arginine Arg Lys, His Asparagine Asn Asp, Glu, Gln, Aspartic Acid Asp Asn, Glu, Gln Cysteine Cys Met, Thr, Ser Glutamine Gln Asn, Glu, Asp Glutamic Acid Glu Asp, Asn, Gln Glycine Gly Ala Histidine His Lys, Arg Isoleucine Ile Val, Leu, Met Leucine Leu Val, Ile, Met Lysine Lys Arg, His Methionine Met Ile, Leu, Val Phenylalanine Phe Tyr, His, Trp Proline Pro Serine Ser Thr, Cys, Ala Threonine Thr Ser, Met, Val Tryptophan Trp Phe, Tyr Ty
  • Increased activity can arise from increased affinity for the receptor or an increased ability to activate the receptor once bound or increased stability of the peptide.
  • one or both members of one or both pairs of Cys residues which normally form a disulfide bond can be replaced by homocysteine, 3-mercaptoproline (Kolodziej et al. 1996 Int J Pept Protein Res 48:274); ⁇ , ⁇ dimethylcysteine (Hunt et al. 1993 Int J Pept Protein Res 42:249) or diaminopropionic acid (Smith et al. 1978 J Med Chem 21:117) to form alternative internal cross-links at the positions of the normal disulfide bonds.
  • Useful peptides can be produced either in bacteria including, without limitation, E. coli , or in other existing systems for peptide or protein production (e.g., Bacillus subtilis , baculovirus expression systems using Drosophila Sf9 cells, yeast or filamentous fungal expression systems, mammalian cell expression systems), or they can be chemically synthesized.
  • bacteria including, without limitation, E. coli , or in other existing systems for peptide or protein production (e.g., Bacillus subtilis , baculovirus expression systems using Drosophila Sf9 cells, yeast or filamentous fungal expression systems, mammalian cell expression systems), or they can be chemically synthesized.
  • the nucleic acid molecule encoding the peptide may also encode a leader sequence that permits the secretion of the mature peptide from the cell.
  • the sequence encoding the peptide can include the pre sequence and the pro sequence of, for example, a naturally-occurring bacterial ST peptide.
  • the secreted, mature peptide can be purified from the culture medium.
  • the sequence encoding a peptide of the invention is can be inserted into a vector capable of delivering and maintaining the nucleic acid molecule in a bacterial cell.
  • the DNA molecule may be inserted into an autonomously replicating vector (suitable vectors include, for example, pGEM3Z and pcDNA3, and derivatives thereof).
  • the vector nucleic acid may be a bacterial or bacteriophage DNA such as bacteriophage lambda or M13 and derivatives thereof. Construction of a vector containing a nucleic acid described herein can be followed by transformation of a host cell such as a bacterium. Suitable bacterial hosts include but are not limited to, E. coli, B subtilis, Pseudomonas, Salmonella .
  • the genetic construct also includes, in addition to the encoding nucleic acid molecule, elements that allow expression, such as a promoter and regulatory sequences.
  • the expression vectors may contain transcriptional control sequences that control transcriptional initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator, and repressor sequences. A variety of transcriptional control sequences are well known to those in the art.
  • the expression vector can also include a translation regulatory sequence (e.g., an untranslated 5′ sequence, an untranslated 3′ sequence, or an internal ribosome entry site).
  • the vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into host DNA to ensure stability during peptide production.
  • the protein coding sequence that includes a peptide of the invention can also be fused to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide affinity tag, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, protein A, FLAG tag, hexa-histidine, myc tag or the influenza HA tag, in order to facilitate purification.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • the affinity tag or reporter fusion joins the reading frame of the peptide of interest to the reading frame of the gene encoding the affinity tag such that a translational fusion is generated. Expression of the fusion gene results in translation of a single polypeptide that includes both the peptide of interest and the affinity tag.
  • DNA sequence encoding a protease recognition site will be fused between the reading frames for the affinity tag and the peptide of interest.
  • Mature peptides and variants thereof can be synthesized by the solid-phase method using an automated peptide synthesizer.
  • the peptide can be synthesized on Cyc(4-CH 2 Bx1)-OCH 2 -4-(oxymethyl)-phenylacetamidomethyl resin using a double coupling program.
  • Protecting groups must be used appropriately to create the correct disulfide bond pattern.
  • protecting groups can be used: t-butyloxycarbonyl (alpha-amino groups); acetamidomethyl (thiol groups of Cys residues B and E); 4-methylbenyl (thiol groups of Cys residues C and F); benzyl (y-carboxyl of glutamic acid and the hydroxyl group of threonine, if present); and bromobenzyl (phenolic group of tyrosine, if present).
  • Coupling is effected with symmetrical anhydride of t-butoxylcarbonylamino acids or hydroxybenzotriazole ester (for asparagine or glutamine residues), and the peptide is deprotected and cleaved from the solid support in hydrogen fluoride, dimethyl sulfide, anisole, and p-thiocresol using 8/1/1/0.5 ratio (v/v/v/w) at 0° C. for 60 min.
  • the disulfide bond between Cys residues C and F is formed by first dissolving the peptide in 50% acetic acid in water. Saturated iodine solution in glacial acetic acid is added (1 ml iodine solution per 100 ml solution). After incubation at room temperature for 2 days in an enclosed glass container, the solution is diluted five-fold with deionized water and extracted with ethyl ether four times for removal of unreacted iodine. After removal of the residual amount of ethyl ether by rotary evaporation the solution of crude product is lyophilized and purified by successive reverse-phase chromatography.
  • the ability of peptides, variant peptides and other compounds to bind to and activate the intestinal GC-C receptor can be tested using the T84 human colon carcinoma cell line (American Type Culture Collection (Bethesda, Md.).
  • cells are grown to confluency in 24-well culture plates with a 1:1 mixture of Ham's F12 medium and Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM), supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum and are used at between passages 54 and 60.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • Monolayers of T84 cells in 24-well plates are washed twice with 1 ml/well DMEM, then incubated at 37° C. for 10 min with 0.45 ml DMEM containing 1 mM isobutylmethylxanthine (IBMX), a cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase inhibitor.
  • Test peptides 50 ⁇ l are then added and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. The media is aspirated and the reaction is terminated by the addition of ice cold 0.5 ml of 0.1N HCl. The samples are held on ice for 20 minutes and then evaporated to dryness using a heat gun or vacuum centrifugation.
  • the dried samples are resuspended in 0.5 ml of phosphate buffer provided in the Cayman Chemical Cyclic GMP EIA kit (Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich.). Cyclic GMP is measured by EIA according to procedures outlined in the Cayman Chemical Cyclic GMP EIA kit.
  • T84 cell monolayers in 24-well plates are washed twice with 1 ml of binding buffer (DMEM containing 0.05% bovine serum albumin and 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.2), then incubated for 30 min at 37° C. in the presence of mature radioactively labeled E. coli ST peptide and the test material at various concentrations.
  • the cells are then washed 4 times with 1 ml of DMEM and solubilized with 0.5 ml/well 1N NaOH. The level of radioactivity in the solubilized material is then determined using standard methods.
  • test compound In order to determine whether a test compound or a peptide, increases the rate of gastrointestinal transit, the test compound can be tested in the murine gastrointestinal transit (GIT) assay (Moon et al. Infection and Immunity 25:127, 1979).
  • GIT murine gastrointestinal transit
  • charcoal which can be readily visualized in the gastrointestinal tract is administered to mice after the administration of a test compound. The distance traveled by the charcoal is measured and expressed as a percentage of the total length of the colon.
  • mice are fasted with free access to water for 12 to 16 hours before the treatment with peptide or control buffer.
  • the peptides are orally administered at 1 ⁇ g/kg-1 mg/kg of peptide in buffer (20 mM Tris pH 7.5) seven minutes before being given an oral dose of 5% Activated Carbon (Aldrich 242276-250G).
  • Control mice are administered buffer only before being given a dose of Activated Carbon.
  • the mice are sacrificed and their intestines from the stomach to the cecum are dissected. The total length of the intestine as well as the distance traveled from the stomach to the charcoal front is measured for each animal and the results are expressed as the percent of the total length of the intestine traveled by the charcoal front.
  • Results are reported as the average of 10 mice ⁇ standard deviation. A comparison of the distance traveled by the charcoal between the mice treated with peptide versus the mice treated with vehicle alone is performed using a Student's t test and a statistically significant difference is considered for P ⁇ 0.05. Positive controls for this assay may include commercially available wild-type ST peptide (Sigma-Aldrich, St Louis, Mo.) and Zelnorm®, a drug approved for IBS that is an agonist for the serotonin receptor 5HT4.
  • the peptides of the invention can be tested for their ability to increase intestinal secretion using a suckling mouse model of intestinal secretion.
  • a test compound is administered to suckling mice that are between seven and nine days old. After the mice are sacrificed, the gastrointestinal tract from the stomach to the cecum is dissected (“guts”). The remains (“carcass”) as well as the guts are weighed and the ratio of guts to carcass weight is calculated. If the ratio is above 0.09, one can conclude that the test compound increases intestinal secretion.
  • Controls for this assay may include wild-type ST peptide and Zelnorm®
  • the PBQ-induced writhing model can be used to assess pain control activity of the peptides and GC-C receptor agonists of the invention.
  • This model is described by Siegmund et al. (1957 Proc. Soc. Exp. Bio. Med. 95:729-731). Briefly, one hour after oral dosing with a test compound, e.g., a peptide, morphine or vehicle, 0.02% phenylbenzoquinone (PBQ) solution (12.5 mL/kg) is injected by intraperitoneal route into the mouse.
  • PBQ phenylbenzoquinone
  • the number of stretches and writhings are recorded from the 5 th to the 10 th minute after PBQ injection, and can also be counted between the 35 th and 40 th minute and between the 60 th and 65 th minute to provide a kinetic assessment.
  • the results are expressed as the number of stretches and writhings (mean ⁇ SEM) and the percentage of variation of the nociceptive threshold calculated from the mean value of the vehicle-treated group.
  • the statistical significance of any differences between the treated groups and the control group is determined by a Dunnett's test using the residual variance after a one-way analysis of variance (P ⁇ 0.05) using SigmaStat Software.
  • Hypersensitivity to colorectal distension is a common feature in patients with IBS and may be responsible for the major symptom of pain. Both inflammatory and non-inflammatory animal models of visceral hyperalgesia to distension have been developed to investigate the effect of compounds on visceral pain in IBS.
  • Electromyographic (EMG) recordings are started 5 days after surgery. Electrical activity of abdominal striated muscle is recorded with an electroencephalograph machine (Mini VIII, Alvar, Paris, France) using a short time constant (0.03 sec.) to remove low-frequency signals ( ⁇ 3 Hz).
  • TNBS trinitrobenzenesulphonic acid
  • TNBS 80 mg kg ⁇ 1 in 0.3 ml 50% ethanol
  • rats are placed in plastic tunnels where they are severely limited in mobility for several days before colorectal distension (CRD).
  • CRD colorectal distension
  • Experimental compound is administered one hour before CRD which is performed by insertion into the rectum, at 1 cm of the anus, a 4 cm long balloon made from a latex condom (Gue et al, 1997 Neurogastroenterol.
  • the balloon is fixed on a rigid catheter taken from an embolectomy probe (Fogarty).
  • the catheter attached balloon is fixed at the base of the tail.
  • the balloon, connected to a barostat is inflated progressively by step of 15 mmHg, from 0 to 60 mmHg, each step of inflation lasting 5 min.
  • Evaluation of rectal sensitivity, as measured by EMG, is performed before (1-2 days) and 3 days following rectal instillation of TNBS.
  • the number of spike bursts that corresponds to abdominal contractions is determined per 5 min periods.
  • Statistical analysis of the number of abdominal contractions and evaluation of the dose-effects relationships is performed by a one way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by a post-hoc (Student or Dunnett tests) and regression analysis for ED50 if appropriate.
  • Rats Male Wistar Rats (200-250 g) are surgically implanted with nichrome wire electrodes as in the TNBS model. Ten days post surgical implantation, partial restraint stress (PRS), is performed as described by Williams et al. for two hours (Williams et al. 1988 Gastroenterology 64:611). Briefly, under light anaesthesia with ethyl-ether, the foreshoulders, upper forelimbs and thoracic trunk are wrapped in a confining harness of paper tape to restrict, but not prevent body movements. Control sham-stress animals are anaesthetized but not wrapped. Thirty minutes before the end of the PRS session, the animals are administered test-compound or vehicle.
  • PRS partial restraint stress
  • the CRD distension procedure is performed as described above for the TNBS model with barostat at pressures of 15, 30, 45 and 60 mm Hg.
  • Statistical analysis on the number of bursts is determined and analyzed as in the TNBS model above.
  • the peptides and agonists of the invention are can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, pellet, gel, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule; powder; granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a liposomal formulation (see, e.g., EP 736299) or in some other form.
  • a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, pellet, gel, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule; powder; granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid e
  • Orally administered compositions can include binders, lubricants, inert diluents, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents, flavoring agents, and humectants.
  • Orally administered formulations such as tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • the peptides and agonists can be co-administered with other agents used to treat gastrointestinal disorders including but not limited to acid suppressing agents such as Histamine-2 receptor agonists (H2As) and proton pump inhibitors (PPIs).
  • H2As Histamine-2 receptor agonists
  • PPIs proton pump inhibitors
  • the peptides and agonists can also be administered by rectal suppository.
  • peptides and agonists can be administered parenterally or orally.
  • the peptides described herein can be used alone or in combination with other agents.
  • the peptides can be administered together with one or more analgesic peptides or compounds.
  • the analgesic peptide and/or compound can be covalently attached to a peptide described herein or it can be a separate agent that is administered together with or sequentially with a peptide described herein in a combination therapy.
  • Combination therapy can be achieved by administering two or more agents, e.g., a peptide described herein and an analgesic peptide or compound, each of which is formulated and administered separately, or by administering two or more agents in a single formulation.
  • agents e.g., a peptide described herein and an analgesic peptide or compound, each of which is formulated and administered separately, or by administering two or more agents in a single formulation.
  • Other combinations are also encompassed by combination therapy.
  • two agents can be formulated together and administered in conjunction with a separate formulation containing a third agent. While the two or more agents in the combination therapy can be administered simultaneously, they need not be.
  • administration of a first agent (or combination of agents) can precede administration of a second agent (or combination of agents) by minutes, hours, days, or weeks.
  • the two or more agents can be administered within minutes of each other or within 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, or 24 hours of each other or within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14 days of each other or within 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 weeks of each other. In some cases even longer intervals are possible. While in many cases it is desirable that the two or more agents used in a combination therapy be present in within the patient's body at the same time, this need not be so.
  • Combination therapy can also include two or more administrations of one or more of the agents used in the combination.
  • agent X and agent Y are used in a combination, one could administer them sequentially in any combination one or more times, e.g., in the order X-Y-X, X-X-Y, Y-X-Y, Y-Y-X, X-X-Y-Y, etc.
  • the agents can be combined with any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or medium.
  • they can be combined with materials that do not produce an adverse, allergic or otherwise unwanted reaction when administered to a patient.
  • the carriers or mediums used can include solvents, dispersants, coatings, absorption promoting agents, controlled release agents, and one or more inert excipients (which include starches, polyols, granulating agents, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like), etc.
  • tablet dosages of the disclosed compositions may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
  • compositions of the present invention may also optionally include other therapeutic ingredients, anti-caking agents, preservatives, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, desiccants, plasticizers, dyes, and the like. Any such optional ingredient must be compatible with the compound of the invention to insure the stability of the formulation.
  • the composition may contain other additives as needed, including for example lactose, glucose, fructose, galactose, trehalose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, maltitol, melezitose, stachyose, lactitol, palatinite, starch, xylitol, mannitol, myoinositol, and the like, and hydrates thereof, and amino acids, for example alanine, glycine and betaine, and peptides and proteins, for example albumen.
  • additives including for example lactose, glucose, fructose, galactose, trehalose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, maltitol, melezitose, stachyose, lactitol, palatinite, starch, xylitol, mannitol, myoinositol, and the like, and hydrates thereof, and amino
  • excipients for use as the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and the pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers and the aforementioned additional ingredients include, but are not limited to binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, anti-microbial agents, and coating agents such as:
  • BINDERS corn starch, potato starch, other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH 1500® and STARCH 1500 LM®, sold by Colorcon, Ltd.), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. AVICELTM, such as, AVICEL-PH-101TM, -103TM and -105TM, sold by FMC Corporation, Marcus Hook, Pa., USA), or mixtures thereof,
  • natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered trag
  • FILLERS talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), dibasic calcium phosphate, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, or mixtures thereof,
  • DISINTEGRANTS agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, or mixtures thereof,
  • LUBRICANTS calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laurate, agar, syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md. USA), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (Deaussa Co., Plano, Tex. USA), a pyrogenic silicon dioxide (CAB-O-SIL, Cabot Co., Boston, Mass. USA), or mixtures thereof,
  • AEROSIL 200 W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md. USA
  • CAB-O-SIL Ca
  • ANTI-CAKING AGENTS calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, silicon dioxide, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, or mixtures thereof,
  • ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, butyl paraben, cetylpyridinium chloride, cresol, chlorobutanol, dehydroacetic acid, ethylparaben, methylparaben, phenol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenoxyethanol, phenylmercuric acetate, phenylmercuric nitrate, potassium sorbate, propylparaben, sodium benzoate, sodium dehydroacetate, sodium propionate, sorbic acid, thimersol, thymo, or mixtures thereof, and
  • COATING AGENTS sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, ethylcellulose, gelatin, pharmaceutical glaze, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, methylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, shellac, sucrose, titanium dioxide, carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax, or mixtures thereof.
  • the agents either in their free form or as a salt can be combined with a polymer such as polylactic-glycoloic acid (PLGA), poly-(I)-lactic-glycolic-tartaric acid (P(I)LGT) (WO 01/12233), polyglycolic acid (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), polylactic acid (U.S. Pat. No. 4,767,628), poly( ⁇ -caprolactone) and poly(alkylene oxide) (U.S. 20030068384) to create a sustained release formulation.
  • PLGA polylactic-glycoloic acid
  • P(I)LGT) WO 01/12233
  • polyglycolic acid U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919
  • polylactic acid U.S. Pat. No. 4,767,628)
  • poly( ⁇ -caprolactone) and poly(alkylene oxide) U.S. 20030068384
  • Such formulations can be used to implants that release a peptide or another agent over a period of a few days, a few weeks or several months depending on the polymer, the particle size of the polymer, and the size of the implant (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,620,422).
  • Other sustained release formulations and polymers for use in such formulations are described in EP 0 467 389 A2, WO 93/24150, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,052, WO 97/40085, WO 03/075887, WO 01/01964A2, U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,356, WO 94/155587, WO 02/074247A2, WO 98/25642, U.S.
  • sustained release formulations microparticles of peptide are combined with microparticles of polymer.
  • One or more sustained release implants can be placed in the large intestine, the small intestine or both.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,011,011 and WO 94/06452 describe a sustained release formulation providing either polyethylene glycols (i.e. PEG 300 and PEG 400) or triacetin.
  • WO 03/053401 describes a formulation which may both enhance bioavailability and provide controlled release of the agent within the GI tract.
  • the agents can be administered, e.g., by intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, intraperitoneal injection, topical, sublingual, intraarticular (in the joints), intradermal, buccal, ophthalmic (including intraocular), intranasaly (including using a cannula), or by other routes.
  • the agents can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, gel, pellet, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule, powder, granules, as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a micellar formulation (see, e.g.
  • Orally administered compositions can include binders, lubricants, inert diluents, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents, flavoring agents, and humectants.
  • Orally administered formulations such as tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • the agents can also be administered transdermally (i.e.
  • the agents can be administered using high-velocity transdermal particle injection techniques using the hydrogel particle formulation described in U.S. 20020061336. Additional particle formulations are described in WO 00/45792, WO 00/53160, and WO 02/19989. An example of a transdermal formulation containing plaster and the absorption promoter dimethylisosorbide can be found in WO 89/04179.
  • WO 96/11705 provides formulations suitable for transdermal adminisitration.
  • the agents can be administered in the form a suppository or by other vaginal or rectal means.
  • the agents can be administered in a transmembrane formulation as described in WO 90/07923.
  • the agents can be administered non-invasively via the dehydrated particles described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,485,706.
  • the agent can be administered in an enteric-coated drug formulation as described in WO 02/49621.
  • the agents can be administered intranassaly using the formulation described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,179,079.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral injection are described in WO 00/62759.
  • the agents can be administered using the casein formulation described in U.S. 20030206939 and WO 00/06108.
  • the agents can be administered using the particulate formulations described in U.S. 20020034536.
  • the agents can be administered by pulmonary route utilizing several techniques including but not limited to intratracheal instillation (delivery of solution into the lungs by syringe), intratracheal delivery of liposomes, insufflation (administration of powder formulation by syringe or any other similar device into the lungs) and aerosol inhalation.
  • Aerosols e.g., jet or ultrasonic nebulizers, metered-dose inhalers (MDIs), and dry-powder inhalers (DPIs)
  • MDIs metered-dose inhalers
  • DPIs dry-powder inhalers
  • Aerosol formulations are stable dispersions or suspensions of solid material and liquid droplets in a gaseous medium and can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as hydrofluroalkanes (HFAs, i.e. HFA-134a and HFA-227, or a mixture thereof), dichlorodifluoromethane (or other chlorofluocarbon propellants such as a mixture of Propellants 11, 12, and/or 114), propane, nitrogen, and the like.
  • HFAs hydrofluroalkanes
  • HFA-134a and HFA-227 or a mixture thereof
  • dichlorodifluoromethane or other chlorofluocarbon propellants such as a mixture of Propellants 11, 12, and/or 114
  • propane nitrogen, and the like.
  • Pulmonary formulations may include permeation enhancers such as fatty acids, and saccharides, chelating agents, enzyme inhibitors (e.g., protease inhibitors), adjuvants (e.g., glycocholate, surfactin, span 85, and nafamostat), preservatives (e.g., benzalkonium chloride or chlorobutanol), and ethanol (normally up to 5% but possibly up to 20%, by weight). Ethanol is commonly included in aerosol compositions as it can improve the function of the metering valve and in some cases also improve the stability of the dispersion. Pulmonary formulations may also include surfactants which include but are not limited to bile salts and those described in U.S. Pat. No.
  • the surfactants described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,524,557 e.g., a C8-C16 fatty acid salt, a bile salt, a phospholipid, or alkyl saccaride are advantageous in that some of them also reportedly enhance absorption of the peptide in the formulation.
  • dry powder formulations comprising a therapeutically effective amount of active compound blended with an appropriate carrier and adapted for use in connection with a dry-powder inhaler.
  • Absorption enhancers which can be added to dry powder formulations of the present invention include those described in U.S. 6,632,456.
  • WO 02/080884 describes new methods for the surface modification of powders.
  • Aerosol formulations may include U.S. Pat. No. 5,230,884, U.S. Pat. No. 5,292,499, WO 017/8694, WO 01/78696, U.S. 2003019437, U.S. 20030165436, and WO 96/40089 (which includes vegetable oil).
  • Sustained release formulations suitable for inhalation are described in U.S. 20010036481A1, 20030232019A1, and U.S. 20040018243A1 as well as in WO 01/13891, WO 02/067902, WO 03/072080, and WO 03/079885.
  • Pulmonary formulations containing microparticles are described in WO 03/015750, U.S.
  • Pulmonary formulations containing stable glassy state powder are described in U.S. 20020141945 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,309,671.
  • Other aerosol formulations are described in EP 1338272A1 WO 90/09781, U.S. Pat. No. 5,348,730, U.S. Pat. No. 6,436,367, WO 91/04011, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,294,153 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,290,987 describes a liposomal based formulation that can be administered via aerosol or other means.
  • Powder formulations for inhalation are described in U.S. 20030053960 and WO 01/60341.
  • the agents can be administered intranasally as described in U.S. 20010038824.
  • Solutions of medicament in buffered saline and similar vehicles are commonly employed to generate an aerosol in a nebulizer.
  • Simple nebulizers operate on Bernoulli's principle and employ a stream of air or oxygen to generate the spray particles.
  • More complex nebulizers employ ultrasound to create the spray particles. Both types are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks of pharmacy such as Sprowls' American Pharmacy and Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy.
  • Other devices for generating aerosols employ compressed gases, usually hydrofluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons, which are mixed with the medicament and any necessary excipients in a pressurized container, these devices are likewise described in standard textbooks such as Sprowls and Remington.
  • the agents can be a free acid or base, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Solids can be dissolved or dispersed immediately prior to administration or earlier. In some circumstances the preparations include a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injection can include sterile aqueous or organic solutions or dispersions which include, e.g., water, an alcohol, an organic solvent, an oil or other solvent or dispersant (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and vegetable oils).
  • the formulations may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives.
  • Pharmaceutical agents can be sterilized by filter sterilization or by other suitable means.
  • the agent can be fused to immunoglobulins or albumin, or incorporated into a lipsome to improve half-life.
  • the agent can also be conjugated to polyethylene glycol (PEG) chains.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Methods for pegylation and additional formulations containing PEG-conjugates i.e. PEG-based hydrogels, PEG modified liposomes
  • PEG-conjugates i.e. PEG-based hydrogels, PEG modified liposomes
  • the peptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, alkyl groups (e.g., C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl groups); fatty acid radicals; and combinations of PEG, alkyl groups and fatty acid radicals (see U.S. Pat. No.
  • the agent can be administered via a nanocochleate or cochleate delivery vehicle (BioDelivery Sciences International).
  • the agents can be delivered transmucosally (i.e. across a mucosal surface such as the vagina, eye or nose) using formulations such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,108.
  • the agents can be formulated in microcapsules as described in WO 88/01165.
  • the agent can be administered intra-orally using the formulations described in U.S. 20020055496, WO 00/47203, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,495,120.
  • the agent can be delivered using nanoemulsion formulations described in WO 01/91728A2.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the invention will generally include an amount of the active compound(s) with an acceptable pharmaceutical diluent or excipient, such as a sterile aqueous solution, to give a range of final concentrations, depending on the intended use.
  • an acceptable pharmaceutical diluent or excipient such as a sterile aqueous solution.
  • the techniques of preparation are generally well known in the art, as exemplified by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18th Edition, Mack Publishing Company, 1995).
  • the agents described herein and combination therapy agents can be packaged as a kit that includes single or multiple doses of two or more agents, each packaged or formulated individually, or single or multiple doses of two or more agents packaged or formulated in combination.
  • one or more agents can be present in first container, and the kit can optionally include one or more agents in a second container.
  • the container or containers are placed within a package, and the package can optionally include administration or dosage instructions.
  • a kit can include additional components such as syringes or other means for administering the agents as well as diluents or other means for formulation.
  • the peptides described herein can be used in combination therapy with an analgesic agent, e.g., an analgesic compound or an analgesic peptide.
  • analgesic agent e.g., an analgesic compound or an analgesic peptide.
  • the analgesic agent can optionally be covalently attached to a peptide described herein.
  • analgesic agents are: Ca channel blockers, 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3, 5HT4 and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), opioid receptor agonists (loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl), NK1 receptor antagonists, CCK receptor agonists (e.g., loxiglumide), NK1 receptor antagonists, NK3 receptor antagonists, norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors (NSRI), vanilloid and cannabanoid receptor agonists, and sialorphin.
  • 5HT receptor antagonists for example 5HT3, 5HT4 and 5HT1 receptor antagonists
  • opioid receptor agonists loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl
  • NK1 receptor antagonists e.g., CCK receptor agonists (e.g., loxiglumide)
  • NK1 receptor antagonists e.g., loxiglumide
  • NK1 receptor antagonists e.g.,
  • sialorphin-related peptides including those comprising the amino acid sequence QHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ), including: VQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); and RQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ).
  • Sialorphin-related peptides bind to neprilysin and inhibit neprilysin-mediated breakdown of substance P and Met-enkephalin.
  • compounds or peptides that are inhibitors of neprilysin are useful analgesic agents which can be administered with the peptides of the invention in a co-therapy or linked to the peptides of the invention, e.g., by a covalent bond.
  • analgesic agents which can be administered with the peptides of the invention in a co-therapy or linked to the peptides of the invention, e.g., by a covalent bond.
  • Sialophin and related peptides are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,589,750; U.S. 20030078200 A1; and WO 02/051435 A2.
  • Opioid receptor antagonists and agonists can be administered with the peptides of the invention in co-therapy or linked to the peptide of the invention, e.g., by a covalent bond.
  • opioid receptor antagonists such as naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine, naltrindole, and nor-binaltorphimine are thought to be useful in the treatment of IBS. It can be useful to formulate opioid antagonists of this type is a delayed and sustained release formulation such that initial release of the antagonist is in the mid to distal small intestine and/or ascending colon.
  • Enkephalin pentapeptide (HOE825; Tyr-D-Lys-Gly-Phe-L-homoserine) is an agonist of the mu and delta opioid receptors and is thought to be useful for increasing intestinal motility (Eur. J. Pharm. 219:445, 1992), and this peptide can be used in conjunction with the peptides of the invention. Also useful is trimebutine which is thought to bind to mu/delta/kappa opioid receptors and activate release of motilin and modulate the release of gastrin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, gastrin and glucagons.
  • Kappa opioid receptor agonists such as fedotozine, ketocyclazocine, and compounds described in WO 03/097051 A2 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • mu opioid receptor agonists such as morphine, diphenyloxylate, frakefamide (H-Tyr-D-Ala-Phe(F)-Phe-NH 2 ; WO 01/019849 A1) and loperamide can be used.
  • Tyr-Arg is a dipeptide that acts by stimulating the release of met-enkephalins to elicit an analgesic effect (J. Biol. Chem. 262:8165, 1987).
  • Kyotorphin can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • CCK receptor agonists such as caerulein from amphibians and other species are useful analgesic agents that can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Conotoxin peptides represent a large class of analgesic peptides that act at voltage gated Ca channels, NMDA receptors or nicotinic receptors. These peptides can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Peptide analogs of thymulin can have analgesic activity and can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • CCK (CCKa or CCKb) receptor antagonists including loxiglumide and dexloxiglumide (the R-isomer of loxiglumide) (WO 88/05774) can have analgesic activity and can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • 5-HT4 agonists such as tegaserod/zelnorm and hydrogen acetate.
  • 5-HT4 agonists such as tegaserod/zelnorm and hydrogenacetate.
  • Such agonists are described in: EP1321142 A1, WO 03/053432A1, EP 505322 A1, EP 505322 B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,510,353, EP 507672 A1, EP 507672 B1, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,273,983.
  • Calcium channel blockers such as ziconotide and related compounds described in, for example, EP 625162B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,842, U.S. Pat. No. 5,587,454, U.S. Pat. No. 5,824,645, U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,186, U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,305, U.S. Pat. No. 6,087,091, U.S. Pat. No. 6,136,786, WO 93/13128 A1, EP 1336409 A1, EP 835126 A1, EP 835126 B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,795,864, U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,849, U.S. Pat. No. 6,054,429, WO 97/01351 A1, can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK-1, NK-2, and NK-3 receptors can be can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK1 receptor antagonists such as: aprepitant (Merck & Co Inc), vofopitant, ezlopitant (Pfizer, Inc.), R-673 (Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd), SR-14033 and related compounds described in, for example, EP 873753 A1, U.S. 20010006972 A1, U.S. 20030109417 A1, WO 01/52844 A1, can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK-2 receptor antagonists such as nepadutant (Menarini Ricerche SpA), saredutant (Sanofi-Synthelabo), SR-144190 (Sanofi-Synthelabo) and UK-290795 (Pfizer Inc) can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK3 receptor antagonists such as osanetant (Sanofi-Synthelabo), talnetant and related compounds described in, for example, WO 02/094187 A2, EP 876347 A1, WO 97/21680 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,862, WO 98/11090, WO 95/28418, WO 97/19927, and Boden et al. ( J Med Chem. 39:1664-75, 1996) can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as milnacipran and related compounds described in WO 03/077897 A1 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Vanilloid receptor antagonists such as arvanil and related compounds described in WO 01/64212 A1 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • the resulting peptide may also include at least one trypsin or chymotrypsin cleavage site.
  • the analgesic peptide may be preceded by (if it is at the carboxy terminus) or followed by (if it is at the amino terminus) a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that allows release of the analgesic peptide.
  • analgesic peptides include: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, zicnotide, and substance P.
  • the peptides of the invention can be used alone or in combination therapy for the treatment or prevention of cancer, pre-cancerous growths, or metastatic growths.
  • they can be used for the prevention or treatment of: colorectal/local metastasized colorectal cancer, gastrointestinal tract cancer, lung cancer, cancer or pre-cancerous growths or metastatic growths of epithelial cells, polyps, breast, colorectal, lung, ovarian, pancreatic, prostatic, renal, stomach, bladder, liver, esophageal and testicular carcinoma, carcinoma (e.g., basal cell, basosquamous, Brown-Pearce, ductal carcinoma, Ehrlich tumor, Krebs, Merkel cell, small or non-small cell lung, oat cell, papillary, bronchiolar, squamous cell, transitional cell, Walker), leukemia (e.g., B-cell, T-cell, HTLV, acute or chronic lymphocytic, mast cell, myeloid), histiocyto
  • nonchroinaffin pinealoma, rhabdomyoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, Sertoli cell tumor, teratoma, theca cell tumor, and other diseases in which cells have become dysplastic, immortalized, or transformed.
  • the peptides of the invention can be used alone or in combination therapy for the treatment or prevention of: Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP) (autosomal dominant syndrome) that precedes colon cancer, hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC), and inherited autosomal dominant syndrome.
  • FAP Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
  • HNPCC hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy with radiation or chemotherapeutic agents, an inhibitor of a cGMP-dependent phosphodiesterase or a selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor (a number of selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors are described in WO02062369, hereby incorporated by reference).
  • the peptides can be for treatment or prevention of inflammation.
  • they can be used alone or in combination with inhibitors of cGMP-dependent phosphodiesterase or a selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor for treatment of: organ inflammation, IBD (e.g, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis), asthma, nephritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, ischemic bowel diseases, intestinal inflammations/allergies, coeliac disease, proctitis, eosnophilic gastroenteritis, mastocytosis, and other inflammatory disorders.
  • IBD e.g, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis
  • asthma e.g, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis
  • nephritis hepatitis
  • pancreatitis bronchitis
  • cystic fibrosis ischemic bowel diseases
  • intestinal inflammations/allergies coeliac disease
  • the peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to treat or prevent insulin-related disorders, for example: II diabetes mellitus, hyperglycemia, obesity, disorders associated with disturbances in glucose or electrolyte transport and insulin secretion in cells, or endocrine disorders. They can be also used in insulin resistance treatment and post-surgical and non-post surgery decrease in insulin responsiveness.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat respiratory disorders, including, inhalation, ventilation and mucus secretion disorders, pulmonary hypertension, chronic obstruction of vessels and airways, and irreversible obstructions of vessels and bronchi.
  • the peptides can be used in combination therapy with a phosphodiesterase inhibitor (examples of such inhibitors can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,333,354, hereby incorporated by reference).
  • the peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat: retinopathy, nephropathy, diabetic angiopathy, and edema formation
  • the peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat neurological disorders, for example, headache, anxiety, movement disorders, aggression, psychosis, seizures, panic attacks, hysteria, sleep disorders, depression, schizoaffective disorders, sleep apnea, attention deficit syndromes, memory loss, and narcolepsy. They may also be used as a sedative.
  • neurological disorders for example, headache, anxiety, movement disorders, aggression, psychosis, seizures, panic attacks, hysteria, sleep disorders, depression, schizoaffective disorders, sleep apnea, attention deficit syndromes, memory loss, and narcolepsy. They may also be used as a sedative.
  • the peptides and detectabley labeled peptides can be used as markers to identify, detect, stage, or diagnosis diseases and conditions of the small intestine, including: Crohn's disease, colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, tumors, benign tumors, such as benign stromal tumors, adenoma, angioma, adenomatous (pedunculated and sessile) polyps, malignant, carcinoid tumors, endocrine cell tumors, lymphoma, adenocarcinoma, foregut, midgut, and hindgut carcinoma, gastroinstestinal stromal tumor (GIST), such as leiomyoma, cellular leiomyoma, leiomyoblastoma, and leiomyosarcoma, gastrointestinal autonomic nerve tumor, malabsorption syndromes, celiac diseases, diverticulosis, Meckel's diverticulurn, colonic diverticula, megacolon, Hirschsprung's disease, irri
  • the peptides can be conjugated to another molecule (e.g, a diagnostic or therapeutic molecule) to target cells bearing the GCC receptor, e.g., cystic fibrosis lesions and specific cells lining the intestinal tract.
  • a diagnostic or therapeutic molecule e.g., cystic fibrosis lesions and specific cells lining the intestinal tract.
  • they can be used to target radioactive moieties or therapeutic moieties to the intestine to aid in imaging and diagnosing or treating colorectal/metastasized or local colorectal cancer and to deliver normal copies of the p53 tumor suppressor gene to the intestinal tract.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat erectile dysfunction.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat inner ear disorders, e.g., to treat Meniere's disease, including symptoms of the disease such as vertigo, hearing loss, tinnitus, sensation of fullness in the ear, and to maintain fluid homeostasis in the inner ear.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with fluid and sodium retention, e.g., diseases of the electrolyte-water/electrolyte transport system within the kidney, gut and urogenital system, congestive heart failure, hypertension, hypotension, liver cirrhosis, and nephrotic syndrome. In addition they can be used to facilitate diuresis or control intestinal fluid.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with chloride or bicarbonate secretion, e.g., Cystic Fibrosis.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with bile secretion. In addition, they can be used to facilitate or control chloride and bile fluid secretion in the gall bladder.
  • the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with liver cell regeneration.

Abstract

Compositions and related methods for treating IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders and conditions (e.g., gastrointestinal motility disorders, functional gastrointestinal disorders, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), duodenogastric reflux, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia (including functional dyspepsia or nonulcer dyspepsia), gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction (or colonic pseudoobstruction), and disorders and conditions associated with constipation, e.g., constipation associated with use of opiate pain killers, post-surgical constipation, and constipation associated with neuropathic disorders as well as other conditions and disorders are described. The compositions feature peptides that activate the guanylate cyclase C (GC-C) receptor.

Description

  • This application is a continuation (and claims the benefit of priority under 35 USC 120) of U.S. application Ser. Nos. 60/478,492, filed Jun. 13, 2003, 60/532,361 filed Dec. 23, 2003 and 60/571,386 filed May 14, 2004 The disclosure of the prior applications is considered part of (and is incorporated by reference in) the disclosure of this application.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This invention relates to methods and compositions for treating gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, congestive heart failure, benign prostatic hyperplasia and other disorders.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is a common chronic disorder of the intestine that affects 20 to 60 million individuals in the US alone (Lehman Brothers, Global Healthcare-Irritable Bowel Syndrome Industry Update, September 1999). IBS is the most common disorder diagnosed by gastroenterologists (28% of patients examined) and accounts for 12% of visits to primary care physicians (Camilleri 2001 Gastroenterology 120:652-668). In the US, the economic impact of IBS is estimated at $25 billion annually, through direct costs of health care use and indirect costs of absenteeism from work (Talley 1995 Gastroenterology 109:1736-1741). Patients with IBS have three times more absenteeism from work and report a reduced quality of life. Sufferers may be unable or unwilling to attend social events, maintain employment, or travel even short distances (Drossman 1993 Dig Dis Sci 38:1569-1580). There is a tremendous unmet medical need in this population since few prescription options exist to treat IBS.
  • Patients with IBS suffer from abdominal pain and a disturbed bowel pattern. Three subgroups of IBS patients have been defined based on the predominant bowel habit: constipation-predominant (c-IBS), diarrhea-predominant (d-IBS) or alternating between the two (a-IBS). Estimates of individuals who suffer from c-IBS range from 20-50% of the IBS patients with 30% frequently cited. In contrast to the other two subgroups that have a similar gender ratio, c-IBS is more common in women (ratio of 3:1) (Talley et al. 1995 Am J Epidemiol 142:76-83).
  • The definition and diagnostic criteria for IBS have been formalized in the “Rome Criteria” (Drossman et al. 1999 Gut 45:Suppl II:1-81), which are well accepted in clinical practice. However, the complexity of symptoms has not been explained by anatomical abnormalities or metabolic changes. This has led to the classification of IBS as a functional GI disorder, which is diagnosed on the basis of the Rome criteria and limited evaluation to exclude organic disease (Ringel et al. 2001 Annu Rev Med 52: 319-338). IBS is considered to be a “biopsychosocial” disorder resulting from a combination of three interacting mechanisms: altered bowel motility, an increased sensitivity of the intestine or colon to pain stimuli (visceral sensitivity) and psychosocial factors (Camilleri 2001 Gastroenterology 120:652-668). Recently, there has been increasing evidence for a role of inflammation in the etiology of IBS. Reports indicate that subsets of IBS patients have small but significant increases in colonic inflammatory and mast cells, increased inducible nitric oxide (NO) and synthase (iNOS) and altered expression of inflammatory cytokines (reviewed by Talley 2000, Medscape Coverage of DDW Week).
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention features compositions and related methods for treating IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders and conditions (e.g., gastrointestinal motility disorders, functional gastrointestinal disorders, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), duodenogastric reflux, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia (including functional dyspepsia or nonulcer dyspepsia), gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction (or colonic pseudoobstruction), and disorders and conditions associated with constipation, e.g., constipation associated with use of opiate pain killers, post-surgical constipation, and constipation associated with neuropathic disorders as well as other conditions and disorders. The compositions feature peptides that activate the guanylate cyclase C (GC-C) receptor.
  • The present invention also features compositions and related methods for treating obesity, congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH).
  • Without being bound by any particular theory, in the case of IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders the peptides are useful because they can increase gastrointestinal motility.
  • Without being bound by any particular theory, in the case of IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders the peptides are useful, in part, because they can decrease inflammation.
  • Without being bound by any particular theory, in the case of IBS and other gastrointestinal disorders the peptides are also useful because they can decrease gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain.
  • The invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising certain peptides that are capable of activating the guanylate-cyclase C (GC-C) receptor. Also within the invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a peptide of the invention as well as combination compositions comprising a peptide of the invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g., an agent for treating constipation (e.g., a chloride channel activator such as SPI-0211; Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Bethesda, Md., a laxative such as MiraLax; Braintree Laboratories, Braintree Mass.) or some other gastrointestinal disorder. Examples of additional therapeutic agents include: acid reducing agents such as proton pump inhibitors (e.g. omeprazole, esomeprazole, lansoprazole, pantorazole and rabeprazole), H2 receptor blockers (e.g., cimetidine, ranitidine, famotidine and nizatidine), pro-motility agents such as motilin agonists (e.g., GM-611 or mitemcinal fumarate), 5HT receptor agonists (e.g. 5HT4 receptor agonists such as Zelnorm®; 5HT3 receptor agonists such as MKC-733), 5HT receptor antagonists (e.g., 5HT1, 5HT2, 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron), 5HT4 receptor antagonists, muscarinic receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, antispasmodics, antidepressants, centrally-acting analgesic agents such as opioid receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists (e.g., naltrexone), agents for the treatment of Inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (e.g., Traficet-EN™ (ChemoCentryx, Inc.; San Carlos, Calif.)), agents that treat gastrointestinal or visceral pain, and cGMP phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g., motapizone, zaprinast, and suldinac sulfone). The peptides of the invention can also be used in combination with agents such as tianeptine (Stablon®) and other agents described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,683,072, (E)-4 (1,3bis(cyclohexylmethyl)-1,2,34,-tetrahydro-2,6-diono-9H-purin-8-yl)cinnamic acid nonaethylene glycol methyl ether ester and related compounds described in WO 02/067942. The peptides can also be used in combination with treatments entailing the administration of microorganisms useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders such as IBS. Probactrix® (The BioBalance Corporation; New York, N.Y.) is one example of a formulation that contains microorganisms useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders. The peptides can also be used in combination with purgatives that draw fluids to the intestine (e.g., Visicol®, a combination of sodium phosphate monobasic monohydrate and sodium phosphate dibasic anhydrate.
  • In addition, the pharmaceutical compositions can include one or more agents selected from the group consisting of: Ca channel blockers (e.g., ziconotide), complete or partial 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron, ATI-7000; Aryx Thearpeutics, Santa Clara Calif.), 5HT4, 5HT2, and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), complete or partial 5HT receptor agonists including 5HT3, 5HT2, 5HT4 (e.g., tegaserod, mosapride and renzapride), 5HT1 receptor agonists, CRF receptor agonists (NBI-34041), β-3 adrenoreceptor agonists, opioid receptor agonists (e.g., loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl, naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine, naltrindole, and nor-binaltorphimine, morphine, diphenyloxylate, enkephalin pentapeptide, asimadoline, and trimebutine), NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., ezlopitant and SR-14033), CCK receptor agonists (e.g., loxiglumide), NK1 receptor antagonists, NK3 receptor antagonists (e.g., talnetant, osanetant (SR-142801), SSR-241586), norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors (NSRI; e.g., milnacipran), vanilloid and cannabanoid receptor agonists (e.g., arvanil), sialorphin, sialorphin-related peptides comprising the amino acid sequence QHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ) for example, VQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); and RQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ), compounds or peptides that are inhibitors of neprilysin, frakefamide (H-Tyr-D-Ala-Phe(F)-Phe-NH2; WO 01/019849 A1), loperamide, Tyr-Arg (kyotorphin), CCK receptor agonists (caerulein), conotoxin peptides, peptide analogs of thymulin, loxiglumide, dexloxiglumide (the R-isomer of loxiglumide) (WO 88/05774). These peptides and compounds can be administered with the peptides of the invention (simultaneously or sequentially). They can also be covalently linked to a peptide of the invention to create therapeutic conjugates.
  • The invention includes methods for treating various gastrointestinal disorders by administering a peptide that acts as a partial or complete agonist of the GC-C receptor. The peptide contains up to four cysteines that form one or two disulfide bonds. In certain embodiments the disulfide bonds are replaced by other covalent cross-links and in some cases the cysteines are substituted by other residues to provide for alternative covalent cross-links. The peptides may also include at least one trypsin or chymotrypsin cleavage site and/or a carboxy-terminal analgesic peptide or small molecule, e.g., AspPhe or some other analgesic peptide. When present within the peptide, the analgesic peptide or small molecule may be preceded by a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that allows release of the analgesic peptide or small molecule. The peptides and methods of the invention are also useful for treating pain and inflammation associated with various disorders, including gastrointestinal disorders. Certain peptides include a functional chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site located so as to allow inactivation of the peptide upon cleavage. Certain peptides having a functional cleavage site undergo cleavage and gradual inactivation in the digestive tract, and this is desirable in some circumstances. In certain peptides, a functional chymotrypsin site is altered, increasing the stability of the peptide in vivo(e.g., guanylin).
  • The invention includes methods for treating other disorders such as congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia by administering a peptide or small molecule (parenterally or orally) that acts as an agonist of the GC-C receptor. Such agents can be used in combination with natriuretic peptides (e.g., atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • The invention features methods and compositions for increasing intestinal motility. Intestinal motility involves spontaneous coordinated distentions and contractions of the stomach, intestines, colon and rectum to move food through the gastrointestinal tract during the digestive process.
  • The peptide can contain additional carboxy terminal or amino terminal amino acids or both. For example, the peptide can include an amino terminal sequence that facilitates recombinant production of the peptide and is cleaved prior to administration of the peptide to a patient. The peptide can also include other amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acids. In some cases the additional amino acids protect the peptide, stabilize the peptide or alter the activity of the peptide. In some cases some or all of these additional amino acids are removed prior to administration of the peptide to a patient. The peptide can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 80, 90, 100 or more amino acids at its amino terminus or carboxy terminus or both. The number of flanking amino acids need not be the same. For example, there can be 10 additional amino acids at the amino terminus of the peptide and none at the carboxy terminus.
  • In certain embodiments the peptides include either one or two or more contiguous negatively charged amino acids (e.g., Asp or Glu) or one or two or more contiguous positively charged residues (e.g., Lys or Arg) or one or two or more contiguous positively or negatively charged amino acids at the carboxy terminus. In these embodiments all of the flanking amino acids at the carboxy terminus are either positively or negatively charged. In other embodiments the carboxy terminal charged amino acids are preceded by a Leu. For example, the following amino acid sequences can be added to the carboxy terminus of the peptide: Asp; Asp Lys; Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys; Asp Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys Lys; Leu Lys Lys; and Leu Asp. It is also possible to simply add Leu at the carboxy terminus.
  • In a first aspect, the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu;
  • Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu;
  • Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr;
  • Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa9 is a) any amino acid, b) Phe, Tyr, Asn, Trp, c) an amino acid other than Phe, Trp, or Tyr, d) non-aromatic amino acid or e) is missing;
  • Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa11 is Ala or Val;
  • Xaa13 is Ala or Thr;
  • Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser;
  • Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing; and
  • Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • In some embodiments, Xaa1 is preceded by Lys or Tyr.
  • In certain embodiments, a Cys is replaces by any amino acid other than Cys. Certain such polypeptides will have fewer disulfide bonds.
  • In a related aspect the invention features a composition comprising a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein: Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing; Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing; Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu; Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu; Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu; Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr; Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing; Xaa9 is Phe, Tyr, Asn, Trp, an amino acid other than Phe, Trp, or Tyr, is a non-aromatic amino acid or is missing; Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile; Xaa11 is Ala or Val; Xaa13 is Ala or Thr; Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser; Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing; and Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In related aspects, the invention features a pharmaceutically acceptable tablet, pill, capsule comprising the peptide.
  • In a related aspect, the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa1 is Asn, any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa5 is any amino acid or Glu;
  • Xaa6 is any amino acid or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys;
  • Xaa8 is any amino acid or Val;
  • Xaa9 is Asn, Gln, Tyr;
  • Xaa10 is is any amino acid or Val;
  • Xaa11 is any amino acid or Ala;
  • Xaa13 is is any amino acid or Thr;
  • Xaa14 is is any amino acid or Gly;
  • Xaa15 is Cys;
  • Xaa16 is any amino acid, Leu or missing
  • In a related aspect, the invention features a polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Asn1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4 Glu5 Leu6 Xaa7 Val8 Asn9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Xaa12 Thr13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Leu16 (SEQ ID NO:______)
  • Xaa2 is Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa3 is Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa4 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa10 is Val or Pro;
  • Xaa11 is Ala or Aib (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid);
  • Xaa12 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
  • Xaa15 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu; and
  • In certain embodiments, where Xaa15 is other than Cys or is missing, Xaa7 is Ser or an amino acid other than Cys.
  • In certain embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 of Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa5, Xaa6, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaa9, Xaa10, Xaa11, Xaa13, Xaa14, and Xaa16 are any amino acid other than Cys.
  • In certain embodiments, Xaa9 is any amino acid other than Gln. In other embodiments where Xaa2 and Xaa3 are Glu, Xaa9 is any amino acid other than Gln.
  • In certain embodiments Xaa1 and Xaa2 are missing; Xaa3 is Thr; Xaa5 is Glu; Xaa6 is Ile or Leu; Xaa8 is Ala, Val, or Ile; Xaa9 is Phe or Tyr; Xaa10 is Ala or Val; Xaa11 is Ala; Xaa13 is Ala or Thr; Xaa14 is Gly; and Xaa16 is Trp, Tyr, Phe, Lys, Arg or is missing.
  • In certain embodiments the polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) is not cleaved after Xaa9 by chymotrypsin. In these embodiments wherein:
  • Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, or Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing;
  • Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu;
  • Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr;
  • Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa9 is either: a) any amino acid other than Phe and Tyr, b) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, and Trp, c) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; d) any non-aromatic amino acid or e) is missing;
  • Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa11 is Ala or Val;
  • Xaa13 is Ala or Thr;
  • Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser;
  • Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing; and
  • Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • In addition, the invention features variants of Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa1 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa9 by chymotrypsin due to the addition of an amino terminal lysine. An example of such a molecule is a human guanylin variant having an amino terminal lysine: KPGTCEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: ).
  • In certain embodiments of the peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa9 by chymotrypsin, Xaa7 and Xaa15 are both Cys.
  • Also within the invention are variants of PGTCEICAYAACTGC (human guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) wherein Y is substituted by any amino acid other than a) Phe; b) any amino acid other than Phe and Trp; c) any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val and His; e) any non-aromatic amino acid or f) is missing.
  • In certain embodiments the polypeptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) is not cleaved after Xaa9 by either chymotrypsin or trypsin. In these embodiments wherein:
  • Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, or Gly, or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing;
  • Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu;
  • Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr;
  • Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
  • Xaa9 is either: a) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe and Tyr, b) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, and Trp, c) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; d) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; or e) is missing;
  • Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
  • Xaa11 is Ala or Val;
  • Xaa13 is Ala or Thr;
  • Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser;
  • Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing; and
  • Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
  • In certain embodiments of the peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) that is not cleaved after Xaa9 by chymotrypsin or trypsin, Xaa7 and Xaa15 are both Cys.
  • Useful variants of PGTCEICAYAACTGC (human guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) that should not be cleaved by chymotrypsin include:
    PGTCEICASAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICATAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICANAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAQAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICARAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAEAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICADAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAGAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAAAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAMAACTGC. (SEQ ID NO: )
  • Additional variants which are not likely to be cleaved by chymotrypsin under certain conditions include:
    PGTCEICALAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICALAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAVAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAHAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
  • The invention also features deletion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids, other than a Cys, are deleted. Where two (or more) amino acids are deleted and the peptide comprises the sequence: Cysa Xaa Xaa Cysb Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Cysc Xaa Xaa Cysd, in some embodiments two or more deletions can be located between Cysa and Cysb or between Cysb and Cysc or between Cysc and Cysd. Thus, there can be two or more deletions between two Cys. However, in other embodiments there is at most one deletion between each Cys, i.e., there is no more than one deletion between each of Cysa and Cysb, Cysb and Cysc, and Cysc and Cysd. Thus, the invention includes any of the peptides described herein comprising the sequence Cysa Xaa Xaa Cysb Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Cysc Xaa Xaa Cysd wherein: a) one amino acid between Cysa and Cysb is deleted; b) one amino acid between Cysb and Cysc is deleted; c) one amino acid between Cysc and Cysd is deleted; d) one amino acid between Cysa and Cysb is deleted and one amino acid between Cysb and Cysc is deleted; e) one amino acid between Cysa and Cysb is deleted and one amino acid between Cysc and Cysd is deleted; f) one amino acid between Cysb and Cysc is deleted and one amino acid between Cysc and Cysd is deleted; or g) one amino acid between Cysa and Cysb is deleted, one amino acid between Cysb and Cysc is deleted, and one amino acid between Cysc and Cysd is deleted. In addition, one or more amino acids preceding Cysa and/or one or more amino acids following Cysd can be deleted. The various deletion variants are peptides that bind to and/or activate the GC-C receptor.
  • The invention also features deletion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids (or non-natural amino acids or natural or non-natural amino acid analogs), other than a Cys (or an amino acid substituted for Cys, e.g., an amino acid capable of forming a covalent bond to another amino acid) is deleted. Thus, additional variants include those in which a Cys is substituted by an amino acid capable of forming a covalent linkage with another amino acid (e.g., a Cys or a substitute therefore). Such amino acids include: Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid).
  • FIG. 1 includes deletion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are deleted. The deleted amino acids are between Cysa and Cysd as well as amino terminal to Cysa.
  • The invention also features insertion variants of any of the peptides described herein in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted.
  • Where two (or more) amino acids are inserted and the peptide comprises the sequence: Cysa Xaa Xaa Cysb Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Cysc Xaa Xaa Cysd, in some embodiments two or more insertions can be located between Cysa and Cysb or between Cysb and Cysc or between Cysc and Cysd. However, in other embodiments there is at most one insertion between each of Cysa and Cysb or between Cysb and Cysc or between Cysc and Cysd. Thus, the invention includes any of the peptides described herein comprising the sequence Cysa Xaa Xaa Cysb Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Cysc Xaa Xaa Cysd wherein: a) one amino acid is inserted between Cysa and Cysb; b) one amino acid is inserted between Cysb and Cysc; c) one amino acid is inserted between Cysc and Cysd; d) one amino acid is inserted between Cysa and Cysb and one amino acid is inserted between Cysb and Cysc; e) one amino acid is inserted between Cysa and Cysb and one amino acid is inserted between Cysc and Cysd; f) one amino acid is inserted between Cysb and Cysc and one amino acid is inserted between Cysc and Cysd or g) one amino acid is inserted between Cysa and Cysb, one amino acid is inserted between Cysb and Cysc, and one amino acid is inserted between Cysc and Cysd. In addition, one or more amino acids can be inserted preceding Cysa and/or one or more amino acids can be inserted following Cysd. The insertions can be any natural or non-natural occurring amino acid (e.g., Gly or Ala) or amino acid analog and where there are more than one insertions present, they can be the same or different. The various deletion variants are peptides that bind to and/or activate the GC-C receptor.
  • For example, the invention includes the following insertion variants of PGTCGEICAYAACTGC (human guanylin) (SEQ ID NO: ) include:
    PGTCEGICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEIGCAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICGAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAGYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYGAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAGACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAAGCTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACGTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTGGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCAEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEAICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEIACAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACATGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTAGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTGAC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCAEICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEAICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEIACAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO: )
  • Other insertion variants of human guanylin can have up to four amino acids (i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 natural or non-natural amino acids) inserted after each of the 15 amino acids in human guanylin. Thus, the invention includes peptides having the sequence: Pro Xaa(0-4) Gly Xaa)(0-4) Thr Xaa(0-4) Cys Xaa(0-4) Glu Xaa(0-4) Ile Xaa(0-4) Cys Xaa(0-4) Ala Xaa(0-4) Tyr Xaa(0-4) Ala Xaa(0-4) Ala Xaa(0-4) Cys Xaa(0-4) Thr Xaa(0-4) Gly Xaa(0-4) Cys Xaa(0-4) (SEQ ID NO: ). The inserted amino acids can be any amino acid and can be the same or different. In certain embodiments the inserted amino acids are all Gly or all Ala or a combination of Gly and Ala.
  • FIG. 2 depicts insertion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted. The inserted amino acids are between Cysa and Cysd as well as amino terminal to Cysa and carboxy terminal to Cysd.
  • The invention also features variants of peptides having the sequence Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1), e.g., variants of PGTCEICAYAACTGC human guanylin (SEQ ID NO: ) in which up to four amino acids are deleted and/or up to four amino acids are inserted. The insertions and deletions can be between Cys4 and Cys12 in SEQ ID NO: 1 or they can be amino terminal to Cys4 and/or carboxy terminal to Cys12 in SEQ ID NO:1
  • When Xaa16 is Trp, Tyr or Phe, the peptide has a chymotrypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate the portion of the peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa16. When Xaa16 is Lys or Arg, the peptide has a trypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate portion of the peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa16. Thus, if the peptide includes an analgesic peptide carboxy-terminal to Xaa16, the peptide will be liberated in the digestive tract upon exposure to the appropriate protease. Among the analgesic peptides which can be included in the peptide are: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance P and other analgesic peptides described herein.
  • When Xaa1 or the amino-terminal amino acid of the peptide of the invention (e.g., Xaa2 or Xaa3) is Trp, Tyr or Phe, the peptide has a chymotrypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate the portion of the peptide amino-terminal to Xaa1 (or Xaa2 or Xaa3) along with Xaa1, Xaa2 or Xaa3. When Xaa1 or the amino-terminal amino acid of the peptide of the invention (e.g., Xaa2 or Xaa3) is Lys or Arg, the peptide has a trypsin cleavage site that is located at a position where cleavage will liberate portion of the peptide amino-terminal to Xaa1 along with Xaa1, Xaa2 or Xaa3). Thus, for example, if the peptide includes an analgesic peptide amino-terminal to Xaa1, the peptide will be liberated in the digestive tract upon exposure to the appropriate protease. Among the analgesic peptides which can be included in the peptide are: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance p and other analgesic peptides described herein.
  • The peptides can linked, e.g., covalently linked to any of a variety of other analgesic peptides or analgesic compounds. Thus, a peptide described herein can be linked to a second therapeutic agent, e.g., an agent for treating constipation (e.g., a chloride channel activator such as SPI-0211; Sucampo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Bethesda, Md., a laxative such as MiraLax; Braintree Laboratories, Braintree Mass.) or some other gastrointestinal disorder. Examples of a second therapeutic agent include: acid reducing agents such as proton pump inhibitors (e.g., omeprazole, esomeprazole, lansoprazole, pantorazole and rabeprazole), H2 receptor blockers (e.g., cimetidine, ranitidine, famotidine and nizatidine), pro-motility agents such as motilin agonists (e.g., GM-611 or mitemcinal fumarate), 5HT receptor agonists (e.g., 5HT4 receptor agonists such as Zelnorm®; 5HT3 receptor agonists such as MKC-733), 5HT receptor antagonists (e.g., 5HT1, 5HT2, 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron), 5HT4 receptor antagonists, muscarinic receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, antispasmodics, antidepressants, centrally-acting analgesic agents such as opioid receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists (e.g., naltrexone), agents for the treatment of Inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (e.g., Traficet-EN™ (ChemoCentryx, Inc.; San Carlos, Calif.), agents that treat gastrointestinal or visceral pain, and cGMP phosphodiesterase inhibitors (motapizone, zaprinast, and suldinac sulfone). The peptides of the invention can also be linked to agents such a tianeptine (Stablon®) and other agents described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,683,072; (E)-4 (1,3bis(cyclohexylmethyl)-1,2,34,-tetrahydro-2,6-diono-9H-purin-8-yl)cinnamic acid nonaethylene glycol methyl ether ester and related compounds described in WO 02/067942. The peptides can be linked to an agent selected from the group consisting of: Ca channel blockers (e.g., ziconotide), complete or partial 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3 (e.g., alosetron, ATI-7000; Aryx Thearpeutics, Santa Clara Calif.), 5HT4, 5HT2, and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), complete or partial SHT receptor agonists including 5HT3, 5HT2, 5HT4 (e.g., tegaserod, mosapride and renzapride) and 5HT1 receptor agonists, CRF receptor agonists (NBI-34041), β-3 adrenoreceptor agonists, opioid receptor agonists (e.g., loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl, naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine, naltrindole, and nor-binaltorphimine, morphine, diphenyloxylate, enkephalin pentapeptide, asimadoline, and trimebutine), NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., ezlopitant and SR-14033), CCK receptor agonists (e.g., loxiglumide), NK1 receptor antagonists, NK3 receptor antagonists (e.g., talnetant, osanetant (SR-142801), SSR-241586), norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors (NSR1; e.g., milnacipran), vanilloid and cannabanoid receptor agonists (e.g., arvanil), sialorphin, sialorphin-related peptides comprising the amino acid sequence QHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ) for example, VQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); and RQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ), compounds or peptides that are inhibitors of neprilysin, frakefamide (H-Tyr-D-Ala-Phe(F)-Phe-NH2; WO 01/019849 A1), loperamide, Tyr-Arg (kyotorphin), CCK receptor agonists (caerulein), conotoxin peptides, pepetide analogs of thymulin, loxiglumide, dexloxiglumide (the R-isomer of loxiglumide) (WO 88/05774) and other analgesic peptides or compounds.
  • Amino acid, non-amino acid, peptide and non-peptide spacers can be interposed between a peptides of the invention and a peptide that has some other biological function, e.g., an analgesic peptide or a peptide used to treat obesity. The linker can be one that is cleaved from the flanking peptides in vivo or one that remains linked to the flanking peptides in vivo. For example, glycine, beta-alanine, glycyl-glycine, glycyl-beta-alanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, 6-aminocaproic acid, L-phenylalanine, L-tryptophan and glycil-L-valil-L-phenylalanine can be used as a spacer (Chaltin et al. 2003 Helvetica Chimica Acta 86:533-547; Caliceti et al. 1993 FARMCO 48:919-32) as can polyethylene glycols (Butterworth et al. 1987 J. Med. Chem 30:1295-302) and maleimide derivatives (King et al. 2002 Tetrahedron Lett. 43:1987 1990). Various other linkers are described in the literature (Nestler 1996 Molecular Diversity 2:35-42; Finn et al. 1984 Biochemistry 23:2554-8; Cook et al. 1994 Tetrahedron Lett. 35:6777-80; Brokx et al. 2002 Journal of Controlled Release 78:115-123; Griffin et al. 2003 J. Am. Chem. Soc. 125:6517-6531; Robinson et al. 1998 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5929-5934.
  • The peptides can include the amino acid sequence of a peptide that occurs naturally in a vertebrate (e.g., mammalian) species or in a bacterial species. In addition, the peptides can be partially or completely non-naturally occurring peptides. Also within the invention are peptidomimetics corresponding to the peptides of the invention.
  • When fully folded, disulfide bonds are present between the first and third cysteines and between the second and fourth cysteines, e.g., there is a disulfide bond between Cys4 and Cys12 and a disulfide bond between Xaa7 and Xaa15 (when Xaa7 is a Cys and Xaa15 is a Cys). In some embodiments, the peptide has only one disulfide bond, e.g., between the first and third cysteines (i.e., Cys4 and Cys12; corresponds to the first and second cysteines when Xaa7 is other than Cys). In certain embodiments one or more Cys can be replaced by Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or some other amino acid that can covalently link to another amino acid (e.g., Cys, Mpt, Pen or Dpr). In some embodiments, one or both members of a pair of Cys residues which normally form a disulfide bond can be replaced by homocysteine, 3-mercaptoproline (Kolodziej et al. 1996 Int J Pept Protein Res 48:274); β,β, dimethylcysteine (Hunt et al. 1993 Int J Pept Protein Res 42:249) or diaminopropionic acid (Smith et al. 1978 J Med Chem 21:117) to form alternative internal cross-links at the positions of the normal disulfide bonds.
  • In addition, one or more disulfide bonds can be replaced by alternative covalent cross-links, e.g., an amide bond, an ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, a thio ester linkage, a lactam bridge, a carbamoyl linkage, a urea linkage, a thiourea linkage, a phosphonate ester linkage, an alkyl linkage, and alkenyl linkage, an ether, a thioether linkage, or an amino linkage. For example, Ledu et al. (Proceedings Nat'l Acad. Sci. 100:11263-78, 2003) described methods for preparing lactam and amide cross-links. Schafmeister et al. (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 122:5891, 2000) describes stable, all carbon cross-links. In some cases, the generation of such alternative cross-links requires replacing the Cys residues with other residues such as Lys or Glu or non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • In certain embodiments one or more amino acids can be replaced by a non-naturally occurring amino acid or a naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acid analog. For example, an aromatic amino acid can be replaced by 3,4-dihydroxy-L-phenylalanine, 3-iodo-L-tyrosine, triiodothyronine, L-thyroxine, phenylglycine (Phg) or nor-tyrosine (norTyr). Phg and norTyr and other amino acids including Phe and Tyr can be substituted by, e.g., a halogen, —CH3, —OH, —CH2NH3, —C(O)H, —CH2CH3, —CN, —CH2CH2CH3, —SH, or another group.
  • Further examples of unnatural amino acids include: an unnatural analogue of tyrosine; an unnatural analogue of glutamine; an unnatural analogue of phenylalanine; an unnatural analogue of serine; an unnatural analogue of threonine; an alkyl, aryl, acyl, azido, cyano, halo, hydrazine, hydrazide, hydroxyl, alkenyl, alkynl, ether, thiol, sulfonyl, seleno, ester, thioacid, borate, boronate, phospho, phosphono, phosphine, heterocyclic, enone, imine, aldehyde, hydroxylamine, keto, or amino substituted amino acid, or any combination thereof; an amino acid with a photoactivatable cross-linker; a spin-labeled amino acid; a fluorescent amino acid; an amino acid with a novel functional group; an amino acid that covalently or noncovalently interacts with another molecule; a metal binding amino acid; a metal-containing amino acid; a radioactive amino acid; a photocaged and/or photoisomerizable amino acid; a biotin or biotin-analogue containing amino acid; a glycosylated or carbohydrate modified amino acid; a keto containing amino acid; amino acids comprising polyethylene glycol or polyether; a heavy atom substituted amino acid (e.g., an amino acid containing deuterium, tritium, 13C, 15N, or 18O); a chemically cleavable or photocleavable amino acid; an amino acid with an elongated side chain; an amino acid containing a toxic group; a sugar substituted amino acid, e.g., a sugar substituted serine or the like; a carbon-linked sugar-containing amino acid; a redox-active amino acid; an α.-hydroxy containing acid; an amino thio acid containing amino acid; an α, α disubstituted amino acid; a β-amino acid; a cyclic amino acid other than proline; an O-methyl-L-tyrosine; an L-3-(2-naphthyl)alanine; a 3-methyl-phenylalanine; a p-acetyl-L-phenylalanine; an 0-4-allyl-L-tyrosine; a 4-propyl-L-tyrosine; a tri-O-acetyl-GlcNAcβ-serine; an L-Dopa; a fluorinated phenylalanine; an isopropyl-L-phenylalanine; a p-azido-L-phenylalanine; a p-acyl-L-phenylalanine; a p-benzoyl-L-phenylalanine; an L-phosphoserine; a phosphonoserine; a phosphonotyrosine; a p-iodo-phenylalanine; a 4-fluorophenylglycine; a p-bromophenylalanine; a p-amino-L-phenylalanine; a isopropyl-L-phenylalanine; L-3-(2-naphthyl)alanine; an amino-, isopropyl-, or O-allyl-containing phenylalanine analogue; a dopa, O-methyl-L-tyrosine; a glycosylated amino acid; a p-(propargyloxy)phenylalanine, dimethyl-Lysine, hydroxy-proline, mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-lysine, 3-nitro-tyrosine, norleucine, pyro-glutamic acid, Z (Carbobenzoxyl), ε-Acetyl-Lysine, β-alanine, aminobenzoyl derivative, aminobutyric acid (Abu), citrulline, aminohexanoic acid, aminoisobutyric acid, cyclohexylalanine, d-cyclohexylalanine, hydroxyproline, nitro-arginine, nitro-phenylalanine, nitro-tyrosine, norvaline, octahydroindole carboxylate, ornithine, penicillamine, tetrahydroisoquinoline, acetamidomethyl protected amino acids and a pegylated amino acid. Further examples of unnatural amino acids can be found in U.S. 20030108885, U.S. 20030082575, and the references cited therein.
  • In some embodiments, an amino acid can be replaced by a naturally-occurring, non-essential amino acid, e.g., taurine.
  • Methods to manufacture peptides containing unnatural amino acids can be found in, for example, U.S. 20030108885, U.S. 20030082575, Deiters et al., J Am Chem Soc. (2003) 125:11782-3, Chin et al., Science (2003) 301:964-7, and the references cited therein.
  • Peptides that include non-natural amino acids can also be prepared using the methods described in WO02086075.
  • The peptides of the invention can be modified using standard modifications. Modifications may occur at the amino (N-), carboxy (C-) terminus, internally or a combination of any of the preceeding. In one aspect of the invention, there may be more than one type of modification on the peptide. Modifications include but are not limited to: acetylation, amidation, biotinylation, cinnamoylation, farnesylation, formylation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, phosphorylation (Ser, Tyr or Thr), stearoylation, succinylation, sulfurylation and cyclisation (via disulfide bridges or amide cyclisation), and modification by Cy3 or Cy5. The peptides of the invention may also be modified by 2,4-dinitrophenyl (DNP), DNP-lysin, modification by 7-Amino-4-methyl-coumarin (AMC), flourescein, NBD (7-Nitrobenz-2-Oxa-1,3-Diazole), p-nitro-anilide, rhodamine B, EDANS (5-((2-aminoethyl)amino)naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid), dabcyl, dabsyl, dansyl, texas red, FMOC, and Tamra (Tetramethylrhodamine). The peptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, BSA or KLH (Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin).
  • The invention also features a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa1 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa5 is Glu;
  • Xaa6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys;
  • Xaa8 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids other than Cys or is missing;
  • Xaa9 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids;
  • Xaa10 is Pro or Gly;
  • Xaa11 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids;
  • Xaa13 is Thr, Val or Gly;
  • Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
  • Xaa15 is Cys; and
  • Xaa16 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids or is missing.
  • In various embodiments: Xaa9 is Asn; Xaa11 is Ala or Thr; Xaa8 is missing; and Xaa16 is Tyr. In other embodiments Xaa4 is immediately preceded by an amino acid sequence seleted from: Ser His Thr; Pro Ser Thr; Thr; Pro Asp Pro; Ile Ala Glu Asp Ser His Thr; Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Ser Thr; Ala Asn Thr; Asn Thr; Asp Pro Asn Thr; Lys Asn Thr; Pro Asn Thr; Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Asn Thr; Lys Pro Asn Thr; Asp Pro Gly Thr; Glu Asp Pro Gly Thr; Pro Gly Thr; Pro Ala Thr; Val Ala Ala Arg Ala Asp Leu; Gly Asp Asp; Asn Asp Glu; Gln Glu Asp; Asn Asp Asp; Arg Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp Asp; Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp Asp; Asp Asp; Arg Thr Met Asp Asn Asp Glu; Arg Thr Ile Ala Gly Asp Asp; Arg Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp; Asp; Glu Asp; Arg Ser Ile Ser Gln Glu Asp; Thr Asp Glu; Arg Thr Ile Ala Thr Asp Glu; Glu; Ile Ile Thr Pro Pro Asp Pro; Gln Glu Leu; Lys Asp Asp; Gin Glu Glu; Arg Tyr Ile Asn Gln Glu Glu; Ala Ser Ser Tyr Ala Ser; and Thr Ser Ser Tyr Ala Ser.
  • The invention further features a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa1 is: a) Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing; b) preceded by Lys or Tyr; c) any amino acid; d) missing; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa2 is: a) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing; b) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing; c) Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing; d) Asp or Glu; e) any amino acid other than Cys; e) Glu; f) missing; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or h) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa3 is: a) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu; Asp or Glu; b) any amino acid other than Cys; c) Glu; d) Thr; e) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or g) Lys or Arg;
  • Xaa4 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu;
  • Xaa5 is: a) any amino acid; b) Glu, Asp, Gln, Gly or Pro; c) Glu; d) Glu or Asp; e) Asp, Ile or Glu; f) any amino acid; or g) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa6 is: a) Leu, Ile, Val, Ala, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; b) Leu, Ile, Val, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; Leu, Ile, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; c) Leu, Ile, Val, Trp, Tyr or Phe; d) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) Ile, Trp or Leu; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; h) Ile or Leu; i) Tyr; j) any amino acid; k) any amino acid except Leu; l) any natural or non-natural aromatic amino acid; or m) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa7 is: a) Cys, Ser, or Tyr; Cys; b) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; c) Ser; or d) an amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa8 is: a) Ala, Val, or Ile; b) Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing; c) any amino acid; d) Val; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) missing;
  • Xaa9 is: a) any amino acid; b) any amino acid other than Phe and Tyr; c) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, and Trp; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; e) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; f) any amino acid other than Gln; g) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, and Trp; h) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; i) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; j) any non-aromatic amino acid; k) missing; l) Phe, Tyr, Asn, or Trp; m) Asn, Tyr, Asp or Ala; n) Asn, Gln, or Tyr; o) Phe or Tyr; p) Asn; or q) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa10 is: a) Ala, Pro or Gly; b) Pro or Gly; c) Pro; d) Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile; e) any amino acid; f) Val; g) Val or Pro; h) Ala or Val; i) any amino acid other than Cys; j) Pro; or k) Gly;
  • Xaa11 is: a) any amino acid; b) Ala, Leu, Ser, Gly, Val, Glu, Gln, Ile, Leu, Lys, Arg, or Asp; c) Ala or Gly; d) Ala; e) Ala or Val; f) any amino acid; g) Ala or Alb (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid); h) any amino acid other than Cys; i) Ala or Thr; or j) Thr.
  • Xaa12 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu; or b) any amino acid other than Cys;
  • Xaa13 is: a) Thr, Ala, Asn, Lys, Arg, or Trp; b) Thr, Ala, Lys, Arg, or Trp; c) any amino acid; d) any non-aromatic amino acid; e) Thr, Ala, or Trp; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; g) Thr or Ala; h) any amino acid; i) Thr; j) any amino acid other than Cys; k) Thr, Val, or Gly; l) Thr or Val, m) Thr or Gly, n) Val or Thr; o) Val; p) Thr; or q) Gly;
  • Xaa14 is: a) Gly, Pro or Ala; b) Gly; c) any amino acid; d) Gly, Ala or Ser; e) Gly or Ala; f) any amino acid other than Cys; or g) Ala;
  • Xaa15 is: a) Cys, Tyr or is missing; b) Cys; c) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, Glu; or d) any amino acid other than Cys or is missing; and
  • Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn, Ile, Val, His or Leu; b) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn or Leu; c) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; d) Trp, Tyr, or Phe; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) His, Leu or Ser; g) Tyr or Leu; Lys or Arg; h) His; i) any amino acid, j) Leu, or missing; k) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Lys, Arg or is missing; l) missing; m) any amino acid other than Cys; or n) Tyr.
  • Also featured is purified polypeptide comprising, consiting of or consisting essentially of the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Xaa12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
  • Xaa1 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa2 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa3 is any amino acid or is missing;
  • Xaa4 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa5 is Glu;
  • Xaa6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
  • Xaa7 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa8 is any amino acid other than Cys or is missing;
  • Xaa9 is any amino acid;
  • Xaa10 is Pro or Gly;
  • Xaa11 is any amino acid;
  • Xaa12 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
  • Xaa13 is Thr, Val or Gly;
  • Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
  • Xaa15 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; and
  • Xaa16 is any amino acid or is missing.
  • The various peptides can be present with a counterion. Useful counterions include salts of: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate (EDTA), edisylate, embonate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, iodide, bromide, chloride, hydroxynaphthoate, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, estolate, maleate, malate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pantothenate, phosphate, salicylate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartarate, theoclate, acetamidobenzoate, adipate, alginate, aminosalicylate, anhydromethylenecitrate, ascorbate, aspartate, camphorate, caprate, caproate, caprylate, cinnamate, cyclamate, dichloroacetate, formate, gentisate, glucuronate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hippurate, fluoride, malonate, napadisylate, nicotinate, oleate, orotate, oxalate, oxoglutarate, palmitate, pectinate, pectinate polymer, phenylethylbarbiturate, picrate, propionate, pidolate, sebacate, rhodanide, tosylate, tannate
  • In a second aspect, the invention also features a therapeutic or prophylactic method comprising administering a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. For the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, the peptide can be administered orally, by rectal suppository or parenterally.
  • In various embodiments, the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, duodenogastric reflux, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, colonic pseudo-obstruction, obesity, congestive heart failure, or benign prostatic hyperplasia; the composition is administered orally; the peptide comprises 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 or fewer amino acids. In other embodiments, the peptide comprises 20 or fewer amino acids, and the peptide comprises no more than 5 amino acids prior to Cys4. In other embodiments the peptide comprises no more than 20, 15, 10, or 5 peptides subsequent to Cys15. In certain embodiments Xaa16 is a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site and an analgesic peptide is present immediately following Xaa16.
  • Among the useful peptides are those comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of any of the following amino acid sequences:
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    SHTCEICAFAACAGC; (opossum guanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTGC; (human guanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PSTCEICAYAACAGC; (pig guanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PNTCEICAYAACTGC; (rat guanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PDPCEICANAACTGCL; (European eel guanylin,
    inferred)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    NDDCELCVNVACTGCL; (human uroguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    QEECELCINMACTGY; (opossum lymphoguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    GDDCELCVNVACTGCS; (pig uroguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    NDECELCVNIACTGC; (guinea pig uroguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    TDECELCINVACTGC; (rat uroguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    QEDCELCINVACTGC; (opossum uroguanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MPSTQYIRRPASSYASCIWCTTACASCHGRTTKPSLAT; (EAST 1)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MPSTQYIRRPASSYASCIWCATACASCHGRTTKPSLAT;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MPSTQYIRRPTSSYASCIWCATACASCHGRTTKPSLAT;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MPSTQYIRRPTSSYASCIWCATVCASCHGRTTKPSLAT;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MPSTQYIRRPASSYASCIWYATACASCHGRTTEPSLAT;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    QEECELSINMACTGY; (opossum lymphoguanylin analog)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    YDECEICMFAACTGC; (Japanese eel guanylin)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    VCEICAFAACTGC; (Zebrafish guanylin, inferred)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    ADLCEICAFAACTGCL; (Japenese eel renoguanylin,
    inferred)
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PGTCEICAYAACTGCLKK;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PNTCEICAYAACTGCKKKKKK;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PNTCEICAYAACTGCD;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    PNTCEICAYAACTGCDK;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    YPNTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    KNTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    KPNTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    EDPGTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    VTVQDG NFSFSLESVK KLKDLQEPQE PRVGKLRNFA PIPGEPVVPI
    LCSNPNIFPEE LKPLCKEPNA QEILQRLEEIAEDPGTCEICAYAACTG
    C;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    DPGTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MNAFLLSALC LLGAWAALAG GVTVQDGNFS FSLESVKKLK
    DLQEPQEPRV GKLRNFAPIP GEPVVPILCS NPNFPEELKP
    LCKEPNAQEI LQRLEEIAED PGTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    MNAFLLFALC LLGAWAALAG GVTVQDGNFS FSLEPRVGKL
    RNFAPIPGEP VVPILCSNPN FPEELKPLCK EPNAQEILQR
    LEEIAEDPGTCEICAYAACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    TGSMNAFLLF ALCLLGAWAA LAGGVTVQDG NFSFSLEPRV
    GKLRNFAPIP GEPVVPTLCS NPNFPEELKP LCKEPNAQEI
    LQRLEEIAEDPGTCEICAYAACTGCLEG;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    NDECELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    ECELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    EDCELCINVACTGC;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    NDDCELCVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    FKTLRTIANDDCELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    FKTLRTIANDDCLCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    DDCELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    DCELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    CELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO: )
    KDDCELCVNVACTGCL;
    (SEQ ID NO. )
    PNTCEICANPACTGC.
  • The peptides can include the amino acid sequence of a peptide that occurs naturally in a vertebrate (e.g., mammalian) species or in a bacterial species. In addition, the peptides can be partially or completely non-naturally occurring peptides.
  • In a third aspect, the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering from constipation, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a peptide comprising, consisting essentially or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. Clinically accepted criteria that define constipation range from the frequency of bowel movements, the consistency of feces and the ease of bowel movement. One common definition of constipation is less than three bowel movements per week. Other definitions include abnormally hard stools or defecation that requires excessive straining (Schiller 2001 Aliment Pharmacol Ther 15:749-763). Constipation may be idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation) or secondary to other causes including neurologic, metabolic or endocrine disorders. These disorders include diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypocalcaemia, Multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, spinal cord lesions, Neurofibromatosis, autonomic neuropathy, Chagas disease, Hirschsprung disease and cystic fibrosis. Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • In various embodiments, the constipation is associated with use of a therapeutic agent; the constipation is associated with a neuropathic disorder; the constipation is post-surgical constipation; the constipation is associated with a gastrointestinal disorder; the constipation is idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation); the constipation is associated with neuropathic, metabolic or endocrine disorder (e.g., diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypocalcaemia, Multiple Sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, spinal cord lesions, neurofibromatosis, autonomic neuropathy, Chagas disease, Hirschsprung disease or cystic fibrosis). Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (e.g., opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • In a fourth aspect, the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering a gastrointestinal disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • In various embodiments, the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, colonic pseudo-obstruction; Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, Inflammatory bowel disease , colonic pseudo-obstruction, obesity, congestive heart failure, and benign prostatic hyperplasia.
  • In a fifth aspect, the invention features a method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • In a sixth aspect, the invention features a method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • In a seventh aspect, the invention features a method for increasing the activity of an intestinal guanylate cyclase (GC-C) receptor in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • In an eighth aspect, the invention features an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • In a ninth aspect, the invention features a composition comprising a purified polypeptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. In an embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • In a tenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating obesity, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. The peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of obesity, for example, gut hormone fragment peptide YY3-36 (PYY3-36) (N. Engl. J. Med. 349:941, 2003; ikpeapge daspeelnry yaslrhylnl vtrqry) or a variant thereof, glp-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1), exendin-4 (an inhibitor of glp-1), sibutramine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, benzphetamine hydrochloride (Didrex), orlistat (Xenical), diethylpropion hydrochloride (Tenuate), fluoxetine (Prozac), bupropion, ephedra, chromium, garcinia cambogia, benzocaine, bladderwrack (focus vesiculosus), chitosan, nomame herba, galega (Goat's Rue, French Lilac), conjugated linoleic acid, L-carnitine, fiber (psyllium, plantago, guar fiber), caffeine, dehydroepiandrosterone, germander (teucrium chamaedrys), B-hydroxy-β-methylbutyrate, ATL-962 (Alizyme PLC), and pyruvate. A peptide useful for treating obesity can be administered as a co-therapy with a peptide of the invention either as a distinct molecule or as part of a fusion protein with a peptide of the invention. Thus, for example, PYY3-36 can be fused to the carboxy or amino terminus of a peptide of the invention. Such a fusion protein can include a chymostrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that can permit cleavage to separate the two peptides. A peptide useful for treating obesity can be administered as a co-therapy with electrostimulation (U.S. 20040015201).
  • In an eleventh aspect, the invention features a method for treating congestive heart failure, the method comprising: administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. The peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of congestive heart failure, for example, a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • In a twelfth aspect, the invention features a method for treating benign prostatic hyperplasia, the method comprising: administering to the patient a composition comprising a purified peptide comprising, consisting essentially of or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. The peptide can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of BPH, for example, a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor (e.g., finasteride) or an alpha adrenergic inhibitor (e.g., doxazosine).
  • In a thirteenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering a gastrointestinal disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor. In various embodiments, the patient is suffering from a gastrointestinal disorder; the patient is suffering from a disorder selected from the group consisting of: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, and colonic pseudo-obstruction.
  • In a fourteenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating a patient suffering from constipation, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • In a fifteenth aspect, the invention features a method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • In a sixteenth aspect, the invention features a method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
  • In a seventeenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating congestive heart failure, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor. GC-C agonists can act in the kidney and adrenal gland to control natriuresis, kaliuresis, and diuresis thereby reducing the build-up of fluid associated with congestive heart failure (Lorenz et al. J Clin Invest 112:1138, 2003; Carrithers et al. Kidney Int 65:40, 2004). The agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of congestive heart failure, for example, a natriuretic peptide such as atrial natriuretic peptide, brain natriuretic peptide or C-type natriuretic peptide), a diuretic, or an inhibitor of angiotensin converting enzyme.
  • In an eighteenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating BPH, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor. GC-C agonists acting in the prostate can reduce cellular hypertrophy and complications associated with cellular hypertrophy. The agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of BPH, for example, a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor (e.g., finasteride) or an alpha adrenergic inhibitor (e.g., doxazosine).
  • In a nineteenth aspect, the invention features a method for treating obesity, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor. The agonist can be administered in combination with one or more agents for treatment of obesity, for example, sibutramine.
  • The peptides and agonists of the GC-C receptor can be used to treat constipation or decreased intestinal motility, slow digestion or slow stomach emptying. The peptides can be used to relieve one or more symptoms of IBS (bloating, pain, constipation), GERD (acid reflux into the esophagus), duodenogastric reflux, functional dyspepsia, or gastroparesis (nausea, vomiting, bloating, delayed gastric emptying) and other disorders described herein.
  • Clinically accepted criteria that define constipation range from the frequency of bowel movements, the consistency of feces and the ease of bowel movement. One common definition of constipation is less than three bowel movements per week. Other definitions include abnormally hard stools or defecation that requires excessive straining (Schiller 2001, Aliment Pharmacol Ther 15:749-763). Constipation may be idiopathic (functional constipation or slow transit constipation) or secondary to other causes including neurologic, metabolic or endocrine disorders. These disorders include diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypocalcaemia, Multiple Sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, spinal cord lesions, Neurofibromatosis, autonomic neuropathy, Chagas disease, Hirschsprung's disease and cystic fibrosis. Constipation may also be the result of surgery or due to the use of drugs such as analgesics (like opioids), antihypertensives, anticonvulsants, antidepressants, antispasmodics and antipsychotics.
  • In a twentieth aspect, the invention features isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising or consisting of a sequence encoding a peptide of the invention. The invention also features vectors, e.g., expression vectors that include such nucleic acid molecules and can be used to express a peptide of the invention in a cultured cell (e.g., a eukaryotic cell or a prokaryotic cell). The vector can further include one or more regulatory elements, e.g., a heterologous promoter or elements required for translation operably linked to the sequence encoding the peptide. In some cases the nucleic acid molecule will encode an amino acid sequence that includes the amino acid sequence of a peptide of the invention. For example, the nucleic acid molecule can encode a preprotein or a preproprotein that can be processed to produce a peptide of the invention.
  • A vector that includes a nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide of the invention or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a peptide of the invention may be either RNA or DNA, single- or double-stranded, prokaryotic, eukaryotic, or viral. Vectors can include transposons, viral vectors, episomes, (e.g., plasmids), chromosomes inserts, and artificial chromosomes (e.g. BACs or YACs). Suitable bacterial hosts for expression of the encode peptide or polypeptide include, but are not limited to, E. coli. Suitable eukaryotic hosts include yeast such as S. cerevisiae, other fungi, vertebrate cells, invertebrate cells (e.g., insect cells), plant cells, human cells, human tissue cells, and whole eukaryotic organisms. (e.g., a transgenic plant or a transgenic animal). Further, the vector nucleic acid can be used to generate a virus such as vaccinia or baculovirus.
  • As noted above the invention includes vectors and genetic constructs suitable for production of a peptide of the invention or a peptide or polypeptide comprising such a peptide. Generally, the genetic construct also includes, in addition to the encoding nucleic acid molecule, elements that allow expression, such as a promoter and regulatory sequences. The expression vectors may contain transcriptional control sequences that control transcriptional initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator, and repressor sequences. A variety of transcriptional control sequences are well known to those in the art and may be functional in, but are not limited to, a bacterium, yeast, plant, or animal cell. The expression vector can also include a translation regulatory sequence (e.g., an untranslated 5′ sequence, an untranslated 3′ sequence, a poly A addition site, or an internal ribosome entry site), a splicing sequence or splicing regulatory sequence, and a transcription termination sequence. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into host DNA.
  • The invention also includes isolated host cells harboring one of the forgoing nucleic acid molecules and methods for producing a peptide by culturing such a cell and recovering the peptide or a precursor of the peptide. Recovery of the peptide or precursor may refer to collecting the growth solution and need not involve additional steps of purification. Proteins of the present invention, however, can be purified using standard purification techniques, such as, but not limited to, affinity chromatography, thermaprecipitation, immunoaffinity chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, filtration, electrophoresis and hydrophobic interaction chromatography.
  • In a twenty first aspect, the invention features a method of increasing the level of cyclic guanosine 3′-monophosphate (cGMP) in an organ, tissue (e.g, the intestinal mucosa), or cell (e.g., a cell bearing GC-A receptor) by administering a composition that includes a peptide of the invention.
  • The details of one or more embodiments of the invention are set forth in the accompanying description and claims. The publications and patents referenced herein are incorporated by reference.
  • DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 depicts deletion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are deleted. The deleted amino acids are between Cysa and Cysd as well as amino terminal to Cysa.
  • FIG. 2 depicts insertion variants of human guanylin in which one, two, three or four amino acids are inserted. The inserted amino acids are between Cysa and Cysd as well as amino terminal to Cysa and carboxy terminal to Cysd.
  • FIG. 3 depicts various polypeptides which include the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein: Xaa1 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa2 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa3 is any amino acid or is missing; Xaa5 is Glu; Xaa6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu; Xaa7 is Cys; Xaa8 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids other than Cys or is missing; Xaa9 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids; Xaa10 is Pro or Gly; Xaa1 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids; Xaa13 is Thr, Val or Gly; Xaa14 is Gly or Ala; Xaa15 is Cys; and Xaa16 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids or is missing.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The peptides of the invention bind to the guanylate cyclase (GC-C) receptor, a key regulator of fluid and electrolyte balance in the intestine and kidney. When stimulated, this receptor, which is located on the apical membrane of the intestinal epithelial surface, causes an increase in intestinal epithelial cyclic GMP (cGMP). This increase in cGMP is believed to cause a decrease in water and sodium absorption and an increase in chloride and potassium ion secretion, leading to changes in intestinal fluid and electrolyte transport and increased intestinal motility. The intestinal GC-C receptor possesses an extracellular ligand binding region, a transmembrane region, an intracellular protein kinase-like region and a cyclase catalytic domain. Proposed functions for the GC-C receptor are the fluid and electrolyte homeostasis, the regulation of epithelial cell proliferation and the induction of apoptosis (Shaibhubhai 2002 Curr Opin Drug Dis Devel 5:261-268).
  • In addition to being expressed in gastrointestinal epithelial cells, GC-C is expressed in extra-intestinal tissues including kidney, lung, pancreas, pituitary, adrenal, developing liver, heart and male and female reproductive tissues (reviewed in Vaandrager 2002 Mol Cell Biochem 230:73-83). This suggests that the GC-C receptor agonists can be used in the treatment of disorders outside the GI tract, for example, congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hyperplasia.
  • Ghrelin, a peptide hormone secreted by the stomach, is a key regulator of appetite in humans. Ghrelin expression levels are regulated by fasting and by gastric emptying. (Kim et al., 2003, Neuroreprt 14:1317-20; Gualillo et al., 2003, FEBS Letts 552: 105-9). Thus, by increasing gastrointestinal motility, GC-C receptor agonists may also be used to regulate obesity.
  • In humans, the GC-C receptor is activated by guanylin (Gn) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,96,097), uroguanylin (Ugn) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,140,102) and lymphoguanylin (Forte et al. 1999 Endocrinology 140:1800-1806).
  • Many gastrointestinal disorders, including IBS, are associated with abdominal or visceral pain. Certain of the peptides of the invention include the analgesic or anti-nociceptive tags such as the carboxy-terminal sequence AspPhe immediately following a Trp, Tyr or Phe (i.e., a chymotrypsin cleavage site) or following Lys or Arg (a trypsin cleavage site). Chymotrypsin in the intestinal tract will cleave such peptides immediately carboxy terminal to the Trp, Phe or Tyr residue, releasing the dipeptide, AspPhe. This dipeptide has been shown to have analgesic activity is animal models (Abdikkahi et al. 2001 Fundam Clin Pharmacol 15:117-23; Nikfar et al 1997, 29:583-6; Edmundson et al 1998 Clin Pharmacol Ther 63:580-93). In this manner such peptides can treat both pain and inflammation. Other analgesic peptides can be present at the carboxy terminus of the peptide (following a cleavage site) including: endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, and substance P. As described in greater detail below, various analgesic peptides and compounds can be covalently linked to or used in combination therapy with the therapeutic peptides described herein.
  • In the human body an inactive form of chymotrypsin, chymotrypsinogen is produced in the pancreas. When this inactive enzyme reaches the small intestine it is converted to active chymotrypsin by the excision of two di-peptides. Active chymotrypsin will cleave peptides at the peptide bond on the carboxy-terminal side of Trp, Tyr or Phe. The presence of active chymotrypsin in the intestinal tract will lead to cleavage of certain of the peptides of the invention having an appropriately positioned chymotrypsin cleavage site. Certain of the peptides of the invention include a Trp, Tyr or Phe immediately followed by a carboxy-terminal analgesic peptide. It is expected that chymotrypsin cleavage will release the analgesic peptide from peptide of the invention having an appropriately positioned chymotrypsin cleavage site as the peptide passes through the intestinal tract.
  • Trypsinogen, like chymotrypsin, is a serine protease that is produced in the pancreas and is present in the digestive tract. The active form, trypsin, will cleave peptides having a Lys or Arg. The presence of active trypsin in the intestinal tract will lead to cleavage of certain of the peptides of the invention having an appropriately positioned trypsin cleavage site. It is expected that chymotrypsin cleavage will release the analgesic peptide from peptide of the invention having an appropriately positioned trypsin cleavage site as the peptide passes through the intestinal tract.
  • In some cases, the peptides of the invention are produced as a prepro protein. The prepro protein can include any suitable prepro sequence, including, for example, mnafllsalc llgawaalag gvtvqdgnfs fslesvkklk dlqepqeprv gklmfapip gepvvpilcs npnfpeelkp lckepnaqei lqrleeiaed (SEQ ID NO: ) and mgcraasgll pgvavvllll lqstqsvyiq yqgfrvqles mkklsdleaq wapsprlqaq sllpavchhp alpqdlqpvc asqeassifk tlrtia (SEQ ID NO: ) or a bacterial leader sequence such as: mkksilfiflsvlsfspfaqdakpvesskekitleskkcniakksnksgpesmn. Where the peptide is produced by a bacterial cell, e.g., E. coli, the forgoing leader sequence will be cleaved and the mature peptide will be efficiently secreted from the bacterial cell. U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,490 describes vectors, expression systems and methods for the efficient production of certain mature peptides having disulfide bonds in bacterial cells and methods for achieving efficient secretion of such mature peptides. The vectors, expression systems and methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,490 can be used to produce the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Variant Peptides
  • The invention includes variant peptides that can include one, two, three, four, or five or more (e.g., 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15) amino acid substitutions compared to any of the peptides described above. The substitution(s) can be conservative or non-conservative. The naturally-occurring amino acids can be substituted by D-isomers of any amino acid, non-natural amino acids, natural and non-natural amino acid analogs, and other groups. A conservative amino acid substitution results in the alteration of an amino acid for a similar acting amino acid, or amino acid of like charge, polarity, or hydrophobicity. At some positions, even conservative amino acid substitutions can reduce the activity of the peptide. A conservative substitution can substitute a naturally-occurring amino acid for a non-naturally-occurring amino acid. Among the naturally occurring amino acid substitutions generally considered conservative are:
    For Amino Acid Code Replace with any of
    Alanine Ala Gly, Cys, Ser
    Arginine Arg Lys, His
    Asparagine Asn Asp, Glu, Gln,
    Aspartic Acid Asp Asn, Glu, Gln
    Cysteine Cys Met, Thr, Ser
    Glutamine Gln Asn, Glu, Asp
    Glutamic Acid Glu Asp, Asn, Gln
    Glycine Gly Ala
    Histidine His Lys, Arg
    Isoleucine Ile Val, Leu, Met
    Leucine Leu Val, Ile, Met
    Lysine Lys Arg, His
    Methionine Met Ile, Leu, Val
    Phenylalanine Phe Tyr, His, Trp
    Proline Pro
    Serine Ser Thr, Cys, Ala
    Threonine Thr Ser, Met, Val
    Tryptophan Trp Phe, Tyr
    Tyrosine Tyr Phe, His
    Valine Val Leu, Ile, Met
  • In some circumstances it can be desirable to treat patients with a variant peptide that binds to and activates intestinal GC-C receptor, but is less active or more active than the non-variant form of the peptide. Reduced activity can arise from reduced affinity for the receptor or a reduced ability to activate the receptor once bound or reduced stability of the peptide.
  • Increased activity can arise from increased affinity for the receptor or an increased ability to activate the receptor once bound or increased stability of the peptide.
  • In some peptides one or both members of one or both pairs of Cys residues which normally form a disulfide bond can be replaced by homocysteine, 3-mercaptoproline (Kolodziej et al. 1996 Int J Pept Protein Res 48:274); β, β dimethylcysteine (Hunt et al. 1993 Int J Pept Protein Res 42:249) or diaminopropionic acid (Smith et al. 1978 J Med Chem 21:117) to form alternative internal cross-links at the positions of the normal disulfide bonds.
  • Production of Peptides
  • Useful peptides can be produced either in bacteria including, without limitation, E. coli, or in other existing systems for peptide or protein production (e.g., Bacillus subtilis, baculovirus expression systems using Drosophila Sf9 cells, yeast or filamentous fungal expression systems, mammalian cell expression systems), or they can be chemically synthesized.
  • If the peptide or variant peptide is to be produced in bacteria, e.g., E. coli, the nucleic acid molecule encoding the peptide may also encode a leader sequence that permits the secretion of the mature peptide from the cell. Thus, the sequence encoding the peptide can include the pre sequence and the pro sequence of, for example, a naturally-occurring bacterial ST peptide. The secreted, mature peptide can be purified from the culture medium.
  • The sequence encoding a peptide of the invention is can be inserted into a vector capable of delivering and maintaining the nucleic acid molecule in a bacterial cell. The DNA molecule may be inserted into an autonomously replicating vector (suitable vectors include, for example, pGEM3Z and pcDNA3, and derivatives thereof). The vector nucleic acid may be a bacterial or bacteriophage DNA such as bacteriophage lambda or M13 and derivatives thereof. Construction of a vector containing a nucleic acid described herein can be followed by transformation of a host cell such as a bacterium. Suitable bacterial hosts include but are not limited to, E. coli, B subtilis, Pseudomonas, Salmonella. The genetic construct also includes, in addition to the encoding nucleic acid molecule, elements that allow expression, such as a promoter and regulatory sequences. The expression vectors may contain transcriptional control sequences that control transcriptional initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator, and repressor sequences. A variety of transcriptional control sequences are well known to those in the art. The expression vector can also include a translation regulatory sequence (e.g., an untranslated 5′ sequence, an untranslated 3′ sequence, or an internal ribosome entry site). The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into host DNA to ensure stability during peptide production.
  • The protein coding sequence that includes a peptide of the invention can also be fused to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide affinity tag, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, protein A, FLAG tag, hexa-histidine, myc tag or the influenza HA tag, in order to facilitate purification. The affinity tag or reporter fusion joins the reading frame of the peptide of interest to the reading frame of the gene encoding the affinity tag such that a translational fusion is generated. Expression of the fusion gene results in translation of a single polypeptide that includes both the peptide of interest and the affinity tag. In some instances where affinity tags are utilized, DNA sequence encoding a protease recognition site will be fused between the reading frames for the affinity tag and the peptide of interest.
  • Genetic constructs and methods suitable for production of immature and mature forms of the peptides and variants of the invention in protein expression systems other than bacteria, and well known to those skilled in the art, can also be used to produce peptides in a biological system.
  • Mature peptides and variants thereof can be synthesized by the solid-phase method using an automated peptide synthesizer. For example, the peptide can be synthesized on Cyc(4-CH2 Bx1)-OCH2-4-(oxymethyl)-phenylacetamidomethyl resin using a double coupling program. Protecting groups must be used appropriately to create the correct disulfide bond pattern. For example, the following protecting groups can be used: t-butyloxycarbonyl (alpha-amino groups); acetamidomethyl (thiol groups of Cys residues B and E); 4-methylbenyl (thiol groups of Cys residues C and F); benzyl (y-carboxyl of glutamic acid and the hydroxyl group of threonine, if present); and bromobenzyl (phenolic group of tyrosine, if present). Coupling is effected with symmetrical anhydride of t-butoxylcarbonylamino acids or hydroxybenzotriazole ester (for asparagine or glutamine residues), and the peptide is deprotected and cleaved from the solid support in hydrogen fluoride, dimethyl sulfide, anisole, and p-thiocresol using 8/1/1/0.5 ratio (v/v/v/w) at 0° C. for 60 min. After removal of hydrogen fluoride and dimethyl sulfide by reduced pressure and anisole and p-thiocresol by extraction with ethyl ether and ethyl acetate sequentially, crude peptides are extracted with a mixture of 0.5M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 8.0 and N,N-dimethylformamide using 1/1 ratio, v/v. The disulfide bond for Cys residues B and E is the formed using dimethyl sulfoxide (Tam et al. (1991) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:6657-62). The resulting peptide is the purified by reverse-phase chromatography. The disulfide bond between Cys residues C and F is formed by first dissolving the peptide in 50% acetic acid in water. Saturated iodine solution in glacial acetic acid is added (1 ml iodine solution per 100 ml solution). After incubation at room temperature for 2 days in an enclosed glass container, the solution is diluted five-fold with deionized water and extracted with ethyl ether four times for removal of unreacted iodine. After removal of the residual amount of ethyl ether by rotary evaporation the solution of crude product is lyophilized and purified by successive reverse-phase chromatography.
  • Intestinal GC-C Receptor Binding and Activity Assays
  • The ability of peptides, variant peptides and other compounds to bind to and activate the intestinal GC-C receptor can be tested using the T84 human colon carcinoma cell line (American Type Culture Collection (Bethesda, Md.).
  • Briefly, cells are grown to confluency in 24-well culture plates with a 1:1 mixture of Ham's F12 medium and Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM), supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum and are used at between passages 54 and 60.
  • Monolayers of T84 cells in 24-well plates are washed twice with 1 ml/well DMEM, then incubated at 37° C. for 10 min with 0.45 ml DMEM containing 1 mM isobutylmethylxanthine (IBMX), a cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase inhibitor. Test peptides (50 μl) are then added and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. The media is aspirated and the reaction is terminated by the addition of ice cold 0.5 ml of 0.1N HCl. The samples are held on ice for 20 minutes and then evaporated to dryness using a heat gun or vacuum centrifugation. The dried samples are resuspended in 0.5 ml of phosphate buffer provided in the Cayman Chemical Cyclic GMP EIA kit (Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich.). Cyclic GMP is measured by EIA according to procedures outlined in the Cayman Chemical Cyclic GMP EIA kit.
  • For the binding assay, T84 cell monolayers in 24-well plates are washed twice with 1 ml of binding buffer (DMEM containing 0.05% bovine serum albumin and 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.2), then incubated for 30 min at 37° C. in the presence of mature radioactively labeled E. coli ST peptide and the test material at various concentrations. The cells are then washed 4 times with 1 ml of DMEM and solubilized with 0.5 ml/well 1N NaOH. The level of radioactivity in the solubilized material is then determined using standard methods.
  • Murine Gastrointestinal Transit (GIT) Assay
  • In order to determine whether a test compound or a peptide, increases the rate of gastrointestinal transit, the test compound can be tested in the murine gastrointestinal transit (GIT) assay (Moon et al. Infection and Immunity 25:127, 1979). In this assay, charcoal, which can be readily visualized in the gastrointestinal tract is administered to mice after the administration of a test compound. The distance traveled by the charcoal is measured and expressed as a percentage of the total length of the colon.
  • Mice are fasted with free access to water for 12 to 16 hours before the treatment with peptide or control buffer. The peptides are orally administered at 1 μg/kg-1 mg/kg of peptide in buffer (20 mM Tris pH 7.5) seven minutes before being given an oral dose of 5% Activated Carbon (Aldrich 242276-250G). Control mice are administered buffer only before being given a dose of Activated Carbon. After 15 minutes, the mice are sacrificed and their intestines from the stomach to the cecum are dissected. The total length of the intestine as well as the distance traveled from the stomach to the charcoal front is measured for each animal and the results are expressed as the percent of the total length of the intestine traveled by the charcoal front. Results are reported as the average of 10 mice±standard deviation. A comparison of the distance traveled by the charcoal between the mice treated with peptide versus the mice treated with vehicle alone is performed using a Student's t test and a statistically significant difference is considered for P<0.05. Positive controls for this assay may include commercially available wild-type ST peptide (Sigma-Aldrich, St Louis, Mo.) and Zelnorm®, a drug approved for IBS that is an agonist for the serotonin receptor 5HT4.
  • Suckling Mouse Model of Intestinal Secretion (SuMi Assay)
  • The peptides of the invention can be tested for their ability to increase intestinal secretion using a suckling mouse model of intestinal secretion. In this model a test compound is administered to suckling mice that are between seven and nine days old. After the mice are sacrificed, the gastrointestinal tract from the stomach to the cecum is dissected (“guts”). The remains (“carcass”) as well as the guts are weighed and the ratio of guts to carcass weight is calculated. If the ratio is above 0.09, one can conclude that the test compound increases intestinal secretion. Controls for this assay may include wild-type ST peptide and Zelnorm®
  • Phenylbenzoguinone-Induced Writhing Model
  • The PBQ-induced writhing model can be used to assess pain control activity of the peptides and GC-C receptor agonists of the invention. This model is described by Siegmund et al. (1957 Proc. Soc. Exp. Bio. Med. 95:729-731). Briefly, one hour after oral dosing with a test compound, e.g., a peptide, morphine or vehicle, 0.02% phenylbenzoquinone (PBQ) solution (12.5 mL/kg) is injected by intraperitoneal route into the mouse. The number of stretches and writhings are recorded from the 5th to the 10th minute after PBQ injection, and can also be counted between the 35th and 40th minute and between the 60th and 65th minute to provide a kinetic assessment. The results are expressed as the number of stretches and writhings (mean±SEM) and the percentage of variation of the nociceptive threshold calculated from the mean value of the vehicle-treated group. The statistical significance of any differences between the treated groups and the control group is determined by a Dunnett's test using the residual variance after a one-way analysis of variance (P<0.05) using SigmaStat Software.
  • Colonic Hyperalgesia Animal Models
  • Hypersensitivity to colorectal distension is a common feature in patients with IBS and may be responsible for the major symptom of pain. Both inflammatory and non-inflammatory animal models of visceral hyperalgesia to distension have been developed to investigate the effect of compounds on visceral pain in IBS.
  • I. Trinitrobenzenesulphonic Acid (TNBS)-Induced Rectal Allodynia Model
  • Male Wistar rats (220-250 g) are premedicated with 0.5 mg/kg of acepromazine injected intraperitoneally (IP) and anesthetized by intramuscular administration of 100 mg/kg of ketamine. Pairs of nichrome wire electrodes (60 cm in length and 80 μm in diameter) are implanted in the striated muscle of the abdomen, 2 cm laterally from the white line. The free ends of electrodes are exteriorized on the back of the neck and protected by a plastic tube attached to the skin. Electromyographic (EMG) recordings are started 5 days after surgery. Electrical activity of abdominal striated muscle is recorded with an electroencephalograph machine (Mini VIII, Alvar, Paris, France) using a short time constant (0.03 sec.) to remove low-frequency signals (<3 Hz).
  • Ten days post surgical implantation, trinitrobenzenesulphonic acid (TNBS) is administered to induce rectal inflammation. TNBS (80 mg kg−1 in 0.3 ml 50% ethanol) is administered intrarectally through a silicone rubber catheter introduced at 3 cm from the anus under light diethyl-ether anesthesia, as described (Morteau et al. 1994 Dig Dis Sci 39:1239). Following TNBS administration, rats are placed in plastic tunnels where they are severely limited in mobility for several days before colorectal distension (CRD). Experimental compound is administered one hour before CRD which is performed by insertion into the rectum, at 1 cm of the anus, a 4 cm long balloon made from a latex condom (Gue et al, 1997 Neurogastroenterol. Motil. 9:271). The balloon is fixed on a rigid catheter taken from an embolectomy probe (Fogarty). The catheter attached balloon is fixed at the base of the tail. The balloon, connected to a barostat is inflated progressively by step of 15 mmHg, from 0 to 60 mmHg, each step of inflation lasting 5 min. Evaluation of rectal sensitivity, as measured by EMG, is performed before (1-2 days) and 3 days following rectal instillation of TNBS.
  • The number of spike bursts that corresponds to abdominal contractions is determined per 5 min periods. Statistical analysis of the number of abdominal contractions and evaluation of the dose-effects relationships is performed by a one way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by a post-hoc (Student or Dunnett tests) and regression analysis for ED50 if appropriate.
  • II. Stress-Induced Hyperalgesia Model
  • Male Wistar Rats (200-250 g) are surgically implanted with nichrome wire electrodes as in the TNBS model. Ten days post surgical implantation, partial restraint stress (PRS), is performed as described by Williams et al. for two hours (Williams et al. 1988 Gastroenterology 64:611). Briefly, under light anaesthesia with ethyl-ether, the foreshoulders, upper forelimbs and thoracic trunk are wrapped in a confining harness of paper tape to restrict, but not prevent body movements. Control sham-stress animals are anaesthetized but not wrapped. Thirty minutes before the end of the PRS session, the animals are administered test-compound or vehicle. Thirty minutes to one hour after PRS completion, the CRD distension procedure is performed as described above for the TNBS model with barostat at pressures of 15, 30, 45 and 60 mm Hg. Statistical analysis on the number of bursts is determined and analyzed as in the TNBS model above.
  • Administration of Peptides and GC-C Receptor Agonists
  • For treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, the peptides and agonists of the invention are can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, pellet, gel, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule; powder; granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a liposomal formulation (see, e.g., EP 736299) or in some other form. Orally administered compositions can include binders, lubricants, inert diluents, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents, flavoring agents, and humectants. Orally administered formulations such as tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. The peptides and agonists can be co-administered with other agents used to treat gastrointestinal disorders including but not limited to acid suppressing agents such as Histamine-2 receptor agonists (H2As) and proton pump inhibitors (PPIs). The peptides and agonists can also be administered by rectal suppository. For the treatment of disorders outside the gastrointestinal tract such as congestive heart failure and benign prostatic hypertrophy, peptides and agonists can be administered parenterally or orally.
  • The peptides described herein can be used alone or in combination with other agents. For example, the peptides can be administered together with one or more analgesic peptides or compounds. The analgesic peptide and/or compound can be covalently attached to a peptide described herein or it can be a separate agent that is administered together with or sequentially with a peptide described herein in a combination therapy.
  • Combination therapy can be achieved by administering two or more agents, e.g., a peptide described herein and an analgesic peptide or compound, each of which is formulated and administered separately, or by administering two or more agents in a single formulation. Other combinations are also encompassed by combination therapy. For example, two agents can be formulated together and administered in conjunction with a separate formulation containing a third agent. While the two or more agents in the combination therapy can be administered simultaneously, they need not be. For example, administration of a first agent (or combination of agents) can precede administration of a second agent (or combination of agents) by minutes, hours, days, or weeks. Thus, the two or more agents can be administered within minutes of each other or within 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, or 24 hours of each other or within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14 days of each other or within 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 weeks of each other. In some cases even longer intervals are possible. While in many cases it is desirable that the two or more agents used in a combination therapy be present in within the patient's body at the same time, this need not be so.
  • Combination therapy can also include two or more administrations of one or more of the agents used in the combination. For example, if agent X and agent Y are used in a combination, one could administer them sequentially in any combination one or more times, e.g., in the order X-Y-X, X-X-Y, Y-X-Y, Y-Y-X, X-X-Y-Y, etc.
  • The agents, alone or in combination, can be combined with any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or medium. Thus, they can be combined with materials that do not produce an adverse, allergic or otherwise unwanted reaction when administered to a patient. The carriers or mediums used can include solvents, dispersants, coatings, absorption promoting agents, controlled release agents, and one or more inert excipients (which include starches, polyols, granulating agents, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like), etc. If desired, tablet dosages of the disclosed compositions may be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueous techniques.
  • Compositions of the present invention may also optionally include other therapeutic ingredients, anti-caking agents, preservatives, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, desiccants, plasticizers, dyes, and the like. Any such optional ingredient must be compatible with the compound of the invention to insure the stability of the formulation. The composition may contain other additives as needed, including for example lactose, glucose, fructose, galactose, trehalose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, maltitol, melezitose, stachyose, lactitol, palatinite, starch, xylitol, mannitol, myoinositol, and the like, and hydrates thereof, and amino acids, for example alanine, glycine and betaine, and peptides and proteins, for example albumen.
  • Examples of excipients for use as the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and the pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers and the aforementioned additional ingredients include, but are not limited to binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, anti-microbial agents, and coating agents such as:
  • BINDERS: corn starch, potato starch, other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH 1500® and STARCH 1500 LM®, sold by Colorcon, Ltd.), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. AVICEL™, such as, AVICEL-PH-101™, -103™ and -105™, sold by FMC Corporation, Marcus Hook, Pa., USA), or mixtures thereof,
  • FILLERS: talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), dibasic calcium phosphate, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, or mixtures thereof,
  • DISINTEGRANTS: agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, or mixtures thereof,
  • LUBRICANTS: calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laurate, agar, syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md. USA), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (Deaussa Co., Plano, Tex. USA), a pyrogenic silicon dioxide (CAB-O-SIL, Cabot Co., Boston, Mass. USA), or mixtures thereof,
  • ANTI-CAKING AGENTS: calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, silicon dioxide, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, or mixtures thereof,
  • ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS: benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, butyl paraben, cetylpyridinium chloride, cresol, chlorobutanol, dehydroacetic acid, ethylparaben, methylparaben, phenol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenoxyethanol, phenylmercuric acetate, phenylmercuric nitrate, potassium sorbate, propylparaben, sodium benzoate, sodium dehydroacetate, sodium propionate, sorbic acid, thimersol, thymo, or mixtures thereof, and
  • COATING AGENTS: sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, ethylcellulose, gelatin, pharmaceutical glaze, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, methylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, shellac, sucrose, titanium dioxide, carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax, or mixtures thereof.
  • The agents either in their free form or as a salt can be combined with a polymer such as polylactic-glycoloic acid (PLGA), poly-(I)-lactic-glycolic-tartaric acid (P(I)LGT) (WO 01/12233), polyglycolic acid (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), polylactic acid (U.S. Pat. No. 4,767,628), poly(ε-caprolactone) and poly(alkylene oxide) (U.S. 20030068384) to create a sustained release formulation. Such formulations can be used to implants that release a peptide or another agent over a period of a few days, a few weeks or several months depending on the polymer, the particle size of the polymer, and the size of the implant (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,620,422). Other sustained release formulations and polymers for use in such formulations are described in EP 0 467 389 A2, WO 93/24150, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,052, WO 97/40085, WO 03/075887, WO 01/01964A2, U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,356, WO 94/155587, WO 02/074247A2, WO 98/25642, U.S. Pat. No. 5,968,895, U.S. Pat. No. 6,180,608, U.S. 20030171296, U.S. Pat. No. 2,002,0176841, U.S. Pat. No. 5,672,659, U.S. Pat. No. 5,893,985, U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,122, U.S. Pat. No. 5,192,741, U.S. Pat. No. 5,192,741, U.S. Pat. No. 4,668,506, U.S. Pat. No. 4,713,244, U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,832 U.S. Pat. No. 4,931,279, U.S. Pat. No. 5,980,945, WO 02/058672, WO 9726015, WO 97/04744, and. US20020019446. In such sustained release formulations microparticles of peptide are combined with microparticles of polymer. One or more sustained release implants can be placed in the large intestine, the small intestine or both. U.S. Pat. No. 6,011,011 and WO 94/06452 describe a sustained release formulation providing either polyethylene glycols (i.e. PEG 300 and PEG 400) or triacetin. WO 03/053401 describes a formulation which may both enhance bioavailability and provide controlled release of the agent within the GI tract. Additional controlled release formulations are described in WO 02/38129, EP 326 151, U.S. Pat. No. 5,236,704, WO 02/30398, WO 98/13029; U.S. 20030064105, U.S. 20030138488A1, U.S. 20030216307A1,U.S. Pat. No. 6,667,060, WO 01/49249, WO 01/49311, WO 01/49249, WO 01/49311, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,224.
  • The agents can be administered, e.g., by intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, intraperitoneal injection, topical, sublingual, intraarticular (in the joints), intradermal, buccal, ophthalmic (including intraocular), intranasaly (including using a cannula), or by other routes. The agents can be administered orally, e.g., as a tablet or cachet containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, gel, pellet, paste, syrup, bolus, electuary, slurry, capsule, powder, granules, as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion, via a micellar formulation (see, e.g. WO 97/11682) via a liposomal formulation (see, e.g., EP 736299, WO 99/59550 and WO 97/13500), via formulations described in WO 03/094886 or in some other form. Orally administered compositions can include binders, lubricants, inert diluents, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents, flavoring agents, and humectants. Orally administered formulations such as tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide sustained, delayed or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. The agents can also be administered transdermally (i.e. via reservoir-type or matrix-type patches, microneedles, thermal poration, hypodermic needles, iontophoresis, electroporation, ultrasound or other forms of sonophoresis, jet injection, or a combination of any of the preceding methods (Prausnitz et al. 2004, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 3:115-124)). The agents can be administered using high-velocity transdermal particle injection techniques using the hydrogel particle formulation described in U.S. 20020061336. Additional particle formulations are described in WO 00/45792, WO 00/53160, and WO 02/19989. An example of a transdermal formulation containing plaster and the absorption promoter dimethylisosorbide can be found in WO 89/04179. WO 96/11705 provides formulations suitable for transdermal adminisitration. The agents can be administered in the form a suppository or by other vaginal or rectal means. The agents can be administered in a transmembrane formulation as described in WO 90/07923. The agents can be administered non-invasively via the dehydrated particles described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,485,706. The agent can be administered in an enteric-coated drug formulation as described in WO 02/49621. The agents can be administered intranassaly using the formulation described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,179,079. Formulations suitable for parenteral injection are described in WO 00/62759. The agents can be administered using the casein formulation described in U.S. 20030206939 and WO 00/06108. The agents can be administered using the particulate formulations described in U.S. 20020034536.
  • The agents, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be administered by pulmonary route utilizing several techniques including but not limited to intratracheal instillation (delivery of solution into the lungs by syringe), intratracheal delivery of liposomes, insufflation (administration of powder formulation by syringe or any other similar device into the lungs) and aerosol inhalation. Aerosols (e.g., jet or ultrasonic nebulizers, metered-dose inhalers (MDIs), and dry-powder inhalers (DPIs)) can also be used in intranasal applications. Aerosol formulations are stable dispersions or suspensions of solid material and liquid droplets in a gaseous medium and can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as hydrofluroalkanes (HFAs, i.e. HFA-134a and HFA-227, or a mixture thereof), dichlorodifluoromethane (or other chlorofluocarbon propellants such as a mixture of Propellants 11, 12, and/or 114), propane, nitrogen, and the like. Pulmonary formulations may include permeation enhancers such as fatty acids, and saccharides, chelating agents, enzyme inhibitors (e.g., protease inhibitors), adjuvants (e.g., glycocholate, surfactin, span 85, and nafamostat), preservatives (e.g., benzalkonium chloride or chlorobutanol), and ethanol (normally up to 5% but possibly up to 20%, by weight). Ethanol is commonly included in aerosol compositions as it can improve the function of the metering valve and in some cases also improve the stability of the dispersion. Pulmonary formulations may also include surfactants which include but are not limited to bile salts and those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,524,557 and references therein. The surfactants described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,524,557, e.g., a C8-C16 fatty acid salt, a bile salt, a phospholipid, or alkyl saccaride are advantageous in that some of them also reportedly enhance absorption of the peptide in the formulation. Also suitable in the invention are dry powder formulations comprising a therapeutically effective amount of active compound blended with an appropriate carrier and adapted for use in connection with a dry-powder inhaler. Absorption enhancers which can be added to dry powder formulations of the present invention include those described in U.S. 6,632,456. WO 02/080884 describes new methods for the surface modification of powders. Aerosol formulations may include U.S. Pat. No. 5,230,884, U.S. Pat. No. 5,292,499, WO 017/8694, WO 01/78696, U.S. 2003019437, U.S. 20030165436, and WO 96/40089 (which includes vegetable oil). Sustained release formulations suitable for inhalation are described in U.S. 20010036481A1, 20030232019A1, and U.S. 20040018243A1 as well as in WO 01/13891, WO 02/067902, WO 03/072080, and WO 03/079885. Pulmonary formulations containing microparticles are described in WO 03/015750, U.S. 20030008013, and WO 00/00176. Pulmonary formulations containing stable glassy state powder are described in U.S. 20020141945 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,309,671. Other aerosol formulations are described in EP 1338272A1 WO 90/09781, U.S. Pat. No. 5,348,730, U.S. Pat. No. 6,436,367, WO 91/04011, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,294,153 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,290,987 describes a liposomal based formulation that can be administered via aerosol or other means. Powder formulations for inhalation are described in U.S. 20030053960 and WO 01/60341. The agents can be administered intranasally as described in U.S. 20010038824.
  • Solutions of medicament in buffered saline and similar vehicles are commonly employed to generate an aerosol in a nebulizer. Simple nebulizers operate on Bernoulli's principle and employ a stream of air or oxygen to generate the spray particles. More complex nebulizers employ ultrasound to create the spray particles. Both types are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks of pharmacy such as Sprowls' American Pharmacy and Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Other devices for generating aerosols employ compressed gases, usually hydrofluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons, which are mixed with the medicament and any necessary excipients in a pressurized container, these devices are likewise described in standard textbooks such as Sprowls and Remington.
  • The agents can be a free acid or base, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Solids can be dissolved or dispersed immediately prior to administration or earlier. In some circumstances the preparations include a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injection can include sterile aqueous or organic solutions or dispersions which include, e.g., water, an alcohol, an organic solvent, an oil or other solvent or dispersant (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and vegetable oils). The formulations may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. Pharmaceutical agents can be sterilized by filter sterilization or by other suitable means.
  • The agent can be fused to immunoglobulins or albumin, or incorporated into a lipsome to improve half-life. The agent can also be conjugated to polyethylene glycol (PEG) chains. Methods for pegylation and additional formulations containing PEG-conjugates (i.e. PEG-based hydrogels, PEG modified liposomes) can be found in Harris and Chess, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 2: 214-221 and the references therein. The peptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, alkyl groups (e.g., C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl groups); fatty acid radicals; and combinations of PEG, alkyl groups and fatty acid radicals (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,309,633; Soltero et al., 2001 Innovations in Pharmaceutical Technology 106-110). The agent can be administered via a nanocochleate or cochleate delivery vehicle (BioDelivery Sciences International). The agents can be delivered transmucosally (i.e. across a mucosal surface such as the vagina, eye or nose) using formulations such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,108. The agents can be formulated in microcapsules as described in WO 88/01165. The agent can be administered intra-orally using the formulations described in U.S. 20020055496, WO 00/47203, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,495,120. The agent can be delivered using nanoemulsion formulations described in WO 01/91728A2.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the invention will generally include an amount of the active compound(s) with an acceptable pharmaceutical diluent or excipient, such as a sterile aqueous solution, to give a range of final concentrations, depending on the intended use. The techniques of preparation are generally well known in the art, as exemplified by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18th Edition, Mack Publishing Company, 1995).
  • The agents described herein and combination therapy agents can be packaged as a kit that includes single or multiple doses of two or more agents, each packaged or formulated individually, or single or multiple doses of two or more agents packaged or formulated in combination. Thus, one or more agents can be present in first container, and the kit can optionally include one or more agents in a second container. The container or containers are placed within a package, and the package can optionally include administration or dosage instructions. A kit can include additional components such as syringes or other means for administering the agents as well as diluents or other means for formulation.
  • Methods to increase chemical and/or physical stability of the agents the described herein are found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,541,606, U.S. Pat. No. 6,068,850, U.S. Pat. No. 6,124,261, U.S. Pat. No. 5,904,935, and WO 00/15224, U.S. 20030069182 (via the additon of nicotinamide), U.S. 20030175230A1, U.S. 20030175230A1, U.S. 20030175239A1, U.S. 20020045582, U.S. 20010031726, WO 02/26248, WO 03/014304, WO 98/00152A1, WO 98/00157A1, WO 90/12029, WO 00/04880, and WO 91/04743, WO 97/04796 and the references cited therein.
  • Methods to increase bioavailability of the agents described herein are found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,008,187, U.S. Pat. No. 5,424,289, U.S. 20030198619, WO 90/01329, WO 01/49268, WO 00/32172, and WO 02/064166. Glycyrrhizinate can also be used as an absorption enhancer (see, e.g., EP397447). WO 03/004062 discusses Ulex europaeus I (UEAl) and UEAI mimetics which may be used to target the agents of the invention to the GI tract.
  • Analgesic Agents
  • The peptides described herein can be used in combination therapy with an analgesic agent, e.g., an analgesic compound or an analgesic peptide. The analgesic agent can optionally be covalently attached to a peptide described herein. Among the useful analgesic agents are: Ca channel blockers, 5HT receptor antagonists (for example 5HT3, 5HT4 and 5HT1 receptor antagonists), opioid receptor agonists (loperamide, fedotozine, and fentanyl), NK1 receptor antagonists, CCK receptor agonists (e.g., loxiglumide), NK1 receptor antagonists, NK3 receptor antagonists, norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors (NSRI), vanilloid and cannabanoid receptor agonists, and sialorphin. Analgesics agents in the various classes are described in the literature.
  • Among the useful analgesic peptides are sialorphin-related peptides, including those comprising the amino acid sequence QHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ), including: VQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); VRGPRRQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ); and RQHNPR (SEQ ID NO: ). Sialorphin-related peptides bind to neprilysin and inhibit neprilysin-mediated breakdown of substance P and Met-enkephalin. Thus, compounds or peptides that are inhibitors of neprilysin are useful analgesic agents which can be administered with the peptides of the invention in a co-therapy or linked to the peptides of the invention, e.g., by a covalent bond. Sialophin and related peptides are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,589,750; U.S. 20030078200 A1; and WO 02/051435 A2.
  • Opioid receptor antagonists and agonists can be administered with the peptides of the invention in co-therapy or linked to the peptide of the invention, e.g., by a covalent bond. For example, opioid receptor antagonists such as naloxone, naltrexone, methyl nalozone, nalmefene, cypridime, beta funaltrexamine, naloxonazine, naltrindole, and nor-binaltorphimine are thought to be useful in the treatment of IBS. It can be useful to formulate opioid antagonists of this type is a delayed and sustained release formulation such that initial release of the antagonist is in the mid to distal small intestine and/or ascending colon. Such antagonists are described in WO 01/32180 A2. Enkephalin pentapeptide (HOE825; Tyr-D-Lys-Gly-Phe-L-homoserine) is an agonist of the mu and delta opioid receptors and is thought to be useful for increasing intestinal motility (Eur. J. Pharm. 219:445, 1992), and this peptide can be used in conjunction with the peptides of the invention. Also useful is trimebutine which is thought to bind to mu/delta/kappa opioid receptors and activate release of motilin and modulate the release of gastrin, vasoactive intestinal peptide, gastrin and glucagons. Kappa opioid receptor agonists such as fedotozine, ketocyclazocine, and compounds described in WO 03/097051 A2 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention. In addition, mu opioid receptor agonists such as morphine, diphenyloxylate, frakefamide (H-Tyr-D-Ala-Phe(F)-Phe-NH2; WO 01/019849 A1) and loperamide can be used.
  • Tyr-Arg (kyotorphin) is a dipeptide that acts by stimulating the release of met-enkephalins to elicit an analgesic effect (J. Biol. Chem. 262:8165, 1987). Kyotorphin can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • CCK receptor agonists such as caerulein from amphibians and other species are useful analgesic agents that can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Conotoxin peptides represent a large class of analgesic peptides that act at voltage gated Ca channels, NMDA receptors or nicotinic receptors. These peptides can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Peptide analogs of thymulin (FR 2830451) can have analgesic activity and can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • CCK (CCKa or CCKb) receptor antagonists, including loxiglumide and dexloxiglumide (the R-isomer of loxiglumide) (WO 88/05774) can have analgesic activity and can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Other useful analgesic agents include 5-HT4 agonists such as tegaserod/zelnorm and lirexapride. Such agonists are described in: EP1321142 A1, WO 03/053432A1, EP 505322 A1, EP 505322 B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,510,353, EP 507672 A1, EP 507672 B1, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,273,983.
  • Calcium channel blockers such as ziconotide and related compounds described in, for example, EP 625162B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,842, U.S. Pat. No. 5,587,454, U.S. Pat. No. 5,824,645, U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,186, U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,305, U.S. Pat. No. 6,087,091, U.S. Pat. No. 6,136,786, WO 93/13128 A1, EP 1336409 A1, EP 835126 A1, EP 835126 B1, U.S. Pat. No. 5,795,864, U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,849, U.S. Pat. No. 6,054,429, WO 97/01351 A1, can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Various antagonists of the NK-1, NK-2, and NK-3 receptors (for a review see Giardina et al. 2003 Drugs 6:758) can be can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK1 receptor antagonists such as: aprepitant (Merck & Co Inc), vofopitant, ezlopitant (Pfizer, Inc.), R-673 (Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd), SR-14033 and related compounds described in, for example, EP 873753 A1, U.S. 20010006972 A1, U.S. 20030109417 A1, WO 01/52844 A1, can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK-2 receptor antagonists such as nepadutant (Menarini Ricerche SpA), saredutant (Sanofi-Synthelabo), SR-144190 (Sanofi-Synthelabo) and UK-290795 (Pfizer Inc) can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • NK3 receptor antagonists such as osanetant (Sanofi-Synthelabo), talnetant and related compounds described in, for example, WO 02/094187 A2, EP 876347 A1, WO 97/21680 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,862, WO 98/11090, WO 95/28418, WO 97/19927, and Boden et al. (J Med Chem. 39:1664-75, 1996) can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Norepinephrine-serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as milnacipran and related compounds described in WO 03/077897 A1 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Vanilloid receptor antagonists such as arvanil and related compounds described in WO 01/64212 A1 can be used with or linked to the peptides of the invention.
  • Where the analgesic is a peptide and is covalently linked to a peptide described herein the resulting peptide may also include at least one trypsin or chymotrypsin cleavage site. When present within the peptide, the analgesic peptide may be preceded by (if it is at the carboxy terminus) or followed by (if it is at the amino terminus) a chymotrypsin or trypsin cleavage site that allows release of the analgesic peptide.
  • In addition to sialorphin-related peptides, analgesic peptides include: AspPhe, endomorphin-1, endomorphin-2, nocistatin, dalargin, lupron, zicnotide, and substance P.
  • Methods of Treatment
  • The peptides of the invention can be used alone or in combination therapy for the treatment or prevention of cancer, pre-cancerous growths, or metastatic growths. For example, they can be used for the prevention or treatment of: colorectal/local metastasized colorectal cancer, gastrointestinal tract cancer, lung cancer, cancer or pre-cancerous growths or metastatic growths of epithelial cells, polyps, breast, colorectal, lung, ovarian, pancreatic, prostatic, renal, stomach, bladder, liver, esophageal and testicular carcinoma, carcinoma (e.g., basal cell, basosquamous, Brown-Pearce, ductal carcinoma, Ehrlich tumor, Krebs, Merkel cell, small or non-small cell lung, oat cell, papillary, bronchiolar, squamous cell, transitional cell, Walker), leukemia (e.g., B-cell, T-cell, HTLV, acute or chronic lymphocytic, mast cell, myeloid), histiocytonia, histiocytosis, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, plasmacytoma, reticuloendotheliosis, adenoma, adeno-carcinoma, adenofibroma, adenolymphoma, ameloblastoma, angiokeratoma, angiolymphoid hyperplasia with eosinophilia, sclerosing angioma, angiomatosis, apudoma, branchionia, malignant carcinoid syndrome, carcinoid heart disease, carcinosarcoma, cementoma, cholangioma, cholesteatoma, chondrosarcoma, chondroblastoma, chondrosarcoma, chordoma, choristoma, craniopharyngioma, chrondrorna, cylindroma, cystadenocarcinoma, cystadenoma, cystosarconia phyllodes, dysgenninoma, ependymoma, Ewing sarcoma, fibroma, fibrosarcoma, giant cell tumor, ganglioneuroma, glioblastoma, glomangioma, granulosa cell tumor, gynandroblastoma, hamartoma, hemangioendothelioma, hemangioma, hemangiopericytoma, hemangiosarcoma, hepatoma, islet cell tumor, Kaposi sarcoma, leiomyoma, leiomyosarcoma, leukosarcoma, Leydig cell tumor, lipoma, liposarcoma, lymphaugioma, lymphangiomyoma, lymphangiosarcoma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, mesenchymoma, mesonephroma, mesothelioma, myoblastoma, myoma, myosarcoma, myxoma, myxosarcoma, neurilemmoma, neuroma, neuroblastoma, neuroepithelioma, neurofibroma, neurofibromatosis, odontoma, osteoma, osteosarcoma, papilloma, paraganglioma, paraganglionia. nonchroinaffin, pinealoma, rhabdomyoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, Sertoli cell tumor, teratoma, theca cell tumor, and other diseases in which cells have become dysplastic, immortalized, or transformed.
  • The peptides of the invention can be used alone or in combination therapy for the treatment or prevention of: Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP) (autosomal dominant syndrome) that precedes colon cancer, hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC), and inherited autosomal dominant syndrome.
  • For treatment or prevention of cancer, pre-cancerous growths and metastatic growths, the peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy with radiation or chemotherapeutic agents, an inhibitor of a cGMP-dependent phosphodiesterase or a selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor (a number of selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors are described in WO02062369, hereby incorporated by reference).
  • The peptides can be for treatment or prevention of inflammation. Thus, they can be used alone or in combination with inhibitors of cGMP-dependent phosphodiesterase or a selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor for treatment of: organ inflammation, IBD (e.g, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis), asthma, nephritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, ischemic bowel diseases, intestinal inflammations/allergies, coeliac disease, proctitis, eosnophilic gastroenteritis, mastocytosis, and other inflammatory disorders.
  • The peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to treat or prevent insulin-related disorders, for example: II diabetes mellitus, hyperglycemia, obesity, disorders associated with disturbances in glucose or electrolyte transport and insulin secretion in cells, or endocrine disorders. They can be also used in insulin resistance treatment and post-surgical and non-post surgery decrease in insulin responsiveness.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat respiratory disorders, including, inhalation, ventilation and mucus secretion disorders, pulmonary hypertension, chronic obstruction of vessels and airways, and irreversible obstructions of vessels and bronchi.
  • The peptides can be used in combination therapy with a phosphodiesterase inhibitor (examples of such inhibitors can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 6,333,354, hereby incorporated by reference).
  • The peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat: retinopathy, nephropathy, diabetic angiopathy, and edema formation
  • The peptides can also be used alone or in combination therapy to prevent or treat neurological disorders, for example, headache, anxiety, movement disorders, aggression, psychosis, seizures, panic attacks, hysteria, sleep disorders, depression, schizoaffective disorders, sleep apnea, attention deficit syndromes, memory loss, and narcolepsy. They may also be used as a sedative.
  • The peptides and detectabley labeled peptides can be used as markers to identify, detect, stage, or diagnosis diseases and conditions of the small intestine, including: Crohn's disease, colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, tumors, benign tumors, such as benign stromal tumors, adenoma, angioma, adenomatous (pedunculated and sessile) polyps, malignant, carcinoid tumors, endocrine cell tumors, lymphoma, adenocarcinoma, foregut, midgut, and hindgut carcinoma, gastroinstestinal stromal tumor (GIST), such as leiomyoma, cellular leiomyoma, leiomyoblastoma, and leiomyosarcoma, gastrointestinal autonomic nerve tumor, malabsorption syndromes, celiac diseases, diverticulosis, Meckel's diverticulurn, colonic diverticula, megacolon, Hirschsprung's disease, irritable bowel syndrome, mesenteric ischemia, ischemic colitis, colorectal cancer, colonic polyposis, polyp syndrome, intestinal adenocarcinoma, Liddle syndrome, Brody myopathy, infantile convulsions, and choreoathetosis
  • The peptides can be conjugated to another molecule (e.g, a diagnostic or therapeutic molecule) to target cells bearing the GCC receptor, e.g., cystic fibrosis lesions and specific cells lining the intestinal tract. Thus, they can be used to target radioactive moieties or therapeutic moieties to the intestine to aid in imaging and diagnosing or treating colorectal/metastasized or local colorectal cancer and to deliver normal copies of the p53 tumor suppressor gene to the intestinal tract.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat erectile dysfunction.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat inner ear disorders, e.g., to treat Meniere's disease, including symptoms of the disease such as vertigo, hearing loss, tinnitus, sensation of fullness in the ear, and to maintain fluid homeostasis in the inner ear.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with fluid and sodium retention, e.g., diseases of the electrolyte-water/electrolyte transport system within the kidney, gut and urogenital system, congestive heart failure, hypertension, hypotension, liver cirrhosis, and nephrotic syndrome. In addition they can be used to facilitate diuresis or control intestinal fluid.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with chloride or bicarbonate secretion, e.g., Cystic Fibrosis.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with bile secretion. In addition, they can be used to facilitate or control chloride and bile fluid secretion in the gall bladder.
  • The peptides can be used alone or in combination therapy to treat disorders associated with liver cell regeneration.

Claims (47)

1. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing;
Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu;
Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu;
Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr;
Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
Xaa9 is a) any amino acid, b) Phe, Tyr, Asn, Trp, c) an amino acid other than Phe, Trp, or Tyr, d) non-aromatic amino acid or e) is missing;
Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
Xaa11 is Ala or Val;
Xaa13 is Ala or Thr;
Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser;
Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing; and
Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser.
2. The purified polypeptide of claim 1 wherein Xaa1 is preceded by Lys or Tyr.
3. A composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
4. A composition comprising a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing;
Xaa2 is His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing;
Xaa3 is Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu;
Xaa5 is Asp, Ile or Glu;
Xaa6 is Ile, Trp or Leu;
Xaa7 is Cys, Ser, or Tyr;
Xaa8 is Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing;
Xaa9 is Phe, Tyr, Asn, Trp, an amino acid other than Phe, Trp, or Tyr, is a non-aromatic amino acid or is missing;
Xaa10 is Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile;
Xaa11 is Ala or Val;
Xaa13 is Ala or Thr; Xaa14 is Gly, Ala or Ser;
Xaa15 is Cys, Tyr or is missing;
Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr or Phe to create a chymotrypsin cleavage site; b) Lys or Arg to create a trypsin cleavage site; c) is missing or d) His or Leu or Ser and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
5. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is Asn, any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa2 is Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa3 is Asp or Glu;
Xaa5 is any amino acid or Glu;
Xaa6 is any amino acid or Leu;
Xaa7 is Cys;
Xaa8 is any amino acid or Val;
Xaa9 is Asn, Gln, Tyr;
Xaa10 is is any amino acid or Val;
Xaa11 is any amino acid or Ala;
Xaa13 is is any amino acid or Thr;
Xaa14 is is any amino acid or Gly;
Xaa15 is Cys;
Xaa16 is any amino acid, Leu or missing
6. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Asn1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4Glu5 Leu6 Xaa7 Val8 Asn9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Xaa12 Thr13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Leu16 (SEQ ID NO:2)
Xaa2 is Asp or Glu;
Xaa3 is Asp or Glu;
Xaa4 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
Xaa7 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
Xaa10 is Val or Pro;
Xaa11 is Ala or Alb (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid);
Xaa12 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu;
Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
Xaa15 is Cys or Mpt (mercaptoproline) or Pen (penicillamine) or Dpr (diaminopropionic acid) or Asp or Glu; and
7. The polypeptide of claim 1 wherein Xaa15 is other than Cys or is missing and Xaa7 is Ser or an amino acid other than Cys.
8. The polypeptide of claim 1 wherein at least 5 of Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa5, Xaa6, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaa9, Xaa10, Xaa11, Xaa13, Xaa14, and Xaa16 are any amino acid other than Cys.
9. The polypeptide of claim 1 wherein: Xaa9 is any amino acid other than Gln.
10. The polypeptide of claim 1 wherein Xaa2 and Xaa3 are Glu.
11. A polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide is not cleaved after Xaa9 by chymotrypsin.
12. The polypeptide of claim 1 wherein the polypeptide does not comprise the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:4).
13. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence KPGTCEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:3).
14. A purified polypeptide selected from the group consisting of:
a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is any amino acid other than Phe;
b) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is any amino acid other than Phe and Trp;
c) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val;
d) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is any amino acid other than Phe, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val and His;
e) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is any non-aromatic amino acid or
f) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAXAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:84) wherein X is missing.
15. A purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
PGTCEICASAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:5) PGTCEICATAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:6) PGTCEICANAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:7) PGTCEICAQAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:8) PGTCEICARAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:9) PGTCEICAEAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:10) PGTCEICADAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:11) PGTCEICAGAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:12) PGTCEICAAAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:13) PGTCEICAMAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:14) PGTCEICAIAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:15) PGTCEICALAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:16) PGTCEICAVAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:17) and PGTCEICAHAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:18)
16. A purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 1.
17. A purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 2 wherein Xaa is any amino acid.
18. The purified polypeptide of claim 17 wherein Xaa is any amino acid other than Cys.
19. A purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
PGTCEGICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:20) PGTCEIGCAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:21) PGTCEICGAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:22) PGTCEICAGYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:23) PGTCEICAYGAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:24) PGTCEICAYAGACTGC (SEQ ID NO:25) PGTCEICAYAAGCTGC (SEQ ID NO:26) PGTCEICAYAACGTGC (SEQ ID NO:27) PGTCEICAYAACTGGC (SEQ ID NO:28) PGTCAEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:29) PGTCEAICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:30) PGTCEIACAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:31) PGTCEICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:32) PGTCEICAYAAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:33) PGTCEICAYAACATGC (SEQ ID NO:34) PGTCEICAYAACTAGC (SEQ ID NO:35) PGTCEICAYAACTGAC (SEQ ID NO:36) PGTCAEICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:37) PGTCEAICAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:38) and PGTCEIACAAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:39)
20. The polypeptide of claim 1 further comprising an amino acid sequence selected from: Asp Phe, the amino acid sequence of endomorphin-1, the amino acid sequence of endomorphin-2, the amino acid sequence of nocistatin, the amino acid sequence of dalargin, the amino acid sequence of lupron, and the amino acid sequence of substance P.
21. A method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder comprising administering a composition comprising the purified polypeptide of claim 1.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein the gastrointestinal disorder is: a gastrointestinal motility disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, a functional gastrointestinal disorder, gastroesophageal reflux disease, duodenogastric reflux, functional heartburn, dyspepsia, functional dyspepsia, nonulcer dyspepsia, gastroparesis, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, or colonic pseudo-obstruction.
23. A method for treating obesity comprising administering a composition comprising the purified polypeptide of claim 1.
24. A method for treating congestive heart failure comprising administering a composition comprising the purified polypeptide of claim 1.
25. A method for treating benign prostatic hyperplasia comprising administering a composition comprising the purified polypeptide of claim 1.
26. A method for treating constipation comprising administering a composition comprising the purified polypeptide of claim 1.
27. The method of claim 21 wherein the polypeptide does not comprise the amino acid sequence PGTCEICAYAACTGC (SEQ ID NO:4) or the amino acid sequence NDDCELCVNVACTGCL (SEQ ID NO:44).
28. A method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient the polypeptide of claim 1.
29. A method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient the polypeptide of claim 1.
30. A method for increasing the activity of an intestinal guanylate cyclase (GC-C) receptor in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient the polypeptide of claim 1.
31. A method for treating a patient suffering a gastrointestinal disorder, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
32. A method for treating a patient suffering from constipation, the method comprising administering a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
33. A method for increasing gastrointestinal motility in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
34. A method for decreasing gastrointestinal pain or visceral pain in a patient, the method comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
35. A method for treating congestive heart failure, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
36. A method for treating benign prostatic hyperplasia, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
37. A method for treating obesity, the method comprising administering a complete or partial agonist of the GC-C receptor.
38. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa2 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa3 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa5 is Glu;
Xaa6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
Xaa7 is Cys;
Xaa8 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids other than Cys or is missing;
Xaa9 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids;
Xaa10 is Pro or Gly;
Xaa11 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids;
Xaa13 is Thr, Val or Gly;
Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
Xaa15 is Cys; and
Xaa16 is any of the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids or is missing.
39. The purified polypeptide of claim 38 wherein Xaa9 is Asn.
40. The purified polypeptide of claim 38 wherein Xaa11 is Ala or Thr.
41. The purified polypeptide of claim 38 wherein Xaa8 is missing.
42. The purified polypeptide of claim 38 wherein Xaa16 is Tyr.
43. The purified polypeptide of claim 38 wherein Xaa4 is immediately preceded by an amino acid sequence seleted from: Ser His Thr; Pro Ser Thr; Thr; Pro Asp Pro; Ile Ala Glu Asp Ser His Thr (SEQ ID NO:8604); Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Ser Thr (SEQ ID NO:8605; Ala Asn Thr; Asn Thr; Asp Pro Asn Thr (SEQ ID NO:8606); Lys Asn Thr; Pro Asn Thr; Ile Ala Gln Asp Pro Asn Thr (SEQ ID NO:8607); Lys Pro Asn Thr (SEQ ID NO:8608); Asp Pro Gly Thr (SEQ ID NO:8609); Glu Asp Pro Gly Thr (SEQ ID NO:8610); Pro Gly Thr; Pro Ala Thr; Val Ala Ala Arg Ala Asp Leu (SEQ ID NO:8611); Gly Asp Asp; Asn Asp Glu; Gln Glu Asp; Asn Asp Asp; Arg Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp Asp (SEQ ID NO:8612); Thr Ile Ala Asn Asp Asp (SEQ ID NO:8613); Asp Asp; Arg Thr Met Asp Asn Asp Glu (SEQ ID NO:8614); Arg Thr Ile Ala Gly Asp Asp (SEQ ID NO:8615); Arg Thr IleAlaAsnAsp (SEQ ID NO:8616); Asp; GluAsp; Arg Ser Ile Ser Gln Glu Asp (SEQ ID NO:8617); Thr Asp Glu; Arg Thr Ile Ala Thr Asp Glu (SEQ ID NO:8618); Glu; Ile Ile Thr Pro Pro Asp Pro (SEQ ID NO:8619); Gln Glu Leu; Lys Asp Asp; Gln Glu Glu; Arg Tyr Ile Asn Gln Glu Glu (SEQ ID NO:8620); Ala Ser Ser Tyr Ala Ser (SEQ ID NO:8621); and Thr Ser Ser Tyr Ala Ser (SEQ ID NO:8622).
44. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 38 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
45. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Cys4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Cys12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is: a) Ser, Asn, Tyr, Ala, Gln, Pro, Lys, Gly, or Thr, or is missing; b) preceded by Lys or Tyr; c) any amino acid; d) missing; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) Lys or Arg;
Xaa2 is: a) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, or is missing; b) His, Asp, Glu, Ala, Ser, Asn, Gly, Pro or is missing; c) Asp, Glu, any amino acid or is missing; d) Asp or Glu; e) any amino acid other than Cys; e) Glu; f) missing; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or h) Lys or Arg;
Xaa3 is: a) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu; Asp or Glu; b) any amino acid other than Cys; c) Glu; d) Thr; e) Thr, Asp, Ser, Glu, Pro, Val or Leu or is missing; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; or g) Lys or Arg;
Xaa4 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu;
Xaa5 is: a) any amino acid; b) Glu, Asp, Gln, Gly or Pro; c) Glu; d) Glu or Asp; e) Asp, Ile or Glu; f) any amino acid; or g) any amino acid other than Cys;
Xaa6 is: a) Leu, Ile, Val, Ala, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; b) Leu, Ile, Val, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; Leu, Ile, Lys, Arg, Trp, Tyr or Phe; c) Leu, Ile, Val, Trp, Tyr or Phe; d) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) Ile, Trp or Leu; g) Trp, Tyr or Phe; h) Ile or Leu; i) Tyr; j) any amino acid; k) any amino acid except Leu; l) any natural or non-natural aromatic amino acid; or m) any amino acid other than Cys;
Xaa7 is: a) Cys, Ser, or Tyr; Cys; b) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; c) Ser; or d) an amino acid other than Cys;
Xaa8 is: a) Ala, Val, or Ile; b) Ala, Val, Thr, Ile, Met or is missing; c) any amino acid; d) Val; e) any amino acid other than Cys; or f) missing;
Xaa9 is: a) any amino acid; b) any amino acid other than Phe and Tyr; c) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, and Trp; d) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; e) any amino acid other than Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; f) any amino acid other than Gln; g) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, and Trp; h) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu and Val; i) any amino acid other than Lys, Arg, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Ile, Leu, Val, and His; j) any non-aromatic amino acid; k) missing; l) Phe, Tyr, Asn, or Trp; m) Asn, Tyr, Asp or Ala; n) Asn, Gln, or Tyr; o) Phe or Tyr; p) Asn; or q) any amino acid other than Cys;
Xaa10 is: a) Ala, Pro or Gly; b) Pro or Gly; c) Pro; d) Ala, Val, Met, Thr or Ile; e) any amino acid; f) Val; g) Val or Pro; h) Ala or Val; i) any amino acid other than Cys; j) Pro; or k) Gly;
Xaa11 is: a) any amino acid; b) Ala, Leu, Ser, Gly, Val, Glu, Gln, Ile, Leu, Lys, Arg, or Asp; c) Ala or Gly; d) Ala; e) Ala or Val; f) any amino acid; g) Ala or Alb (alpha-aminoisobutyric acid); h) any amino acid other than Cys; i) Ala or Thr; or j) Thr.
Xaa12 is: a) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, or Glu; or b) any amino acid other than Cys;
Xaa13 is: a) Thr, Ala, Asn, Lys, Arg, or Trp; b) Thr, Ala, Lys, Arg, or Trp; c) any amino acid; d) any non-aromatic amino acid; e) Thr, Ala, or Trp; f) Trp, Tyr or Phe; g) Thr or Ala; h) any amino acid; i) Thr; j) any amino acid other than Cys; k) Thr, Val, or Gly; l) Thr or Val, m) Thr or Gly, n) Val or Thr; o) Val; p) Thr; or q) Gly;
Xaa14 is: a) Gly, Pro or Ala; b) Gly; c) any amino acid; d) Gly, Ala or Ser; e) Gly or Ala; f) any amino acid other than Cys; or g) Ala;
Xaa15 is: a) Cys, Tyr or is missing; b) Cys; c) Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp, Glu; or d) any amino acid other than Cys or is missing; and
Xaa16 is: a) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn, Ile, Val, His or Leu; b) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Asn or Leu; c) Trp, Tyr, Phe or Leu; d) Trp, Tyr, or Phe; e) Leu, Ile or Val; f) His, Leu or Ser; g) Tyr or Leu; Lys or Arg; h) His; i) any amino acid, j) Leu, or missing; k) Trp, Tyr, Phe, Lys, Arg or is missing; l) missing; m) any amino acid other than Cys; or n) Tyr.
46. A composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 45 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
47. A purified polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: Xaa1 Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4 Xaa5 Xaa6 Xaa7 Xaa8 Xaa9 Xaa10 Xaa11 Xaa12 Xaa13 Xaa14 Xaa15 Xaa16 (SEQ ID NO:1) wherein:
Xaa1 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa2 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa3 is any amino acid or is missing;
Xaa4 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
Xaa5 is Glu;
Xaa6 is Tyr, Trp, Phe or Leu;
Xaa7 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
Xaa8 is any amino acid other than Cys or is missing;
Xaa9 is any amino acid;
Xaa10 is Pro or Gly;
Xaa11 is any amino acid;
Xaa12 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu;
Xaa13 is Thr, Val or Gly;
Xaa14 is Gly or Ala;
Xaa15 is Cys, Mpt (mercaptoproline), Pen (penicillamine), Dpr (diaminopropionic acid), Asp or Glu; and
Xaa16 is any amino acid or is missing.
US10/868,744 2003-06-13 2004-06-14 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders Abandoned US20070010450A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/868,744 US20070010450A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-06-14 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US11/054,072 US7494979B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2005-02-08 Method for treating congestive heart failure and other disorders
US12/568,107 US8101579B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2009-09-28 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US13/291,526 US20120108525A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2011-11-08 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US13/427,431 US20130338063A9 (en) 2003-06-13 2012-03-22 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/024,552 US20140296163A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-09-11 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/108,026 US20140329765A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-12-16 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/936,258 US9840536B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2015-11-09 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US47849203P 2003-06-13 2003-06-13
US53236103P 2003-12-23 2003-12-23
US57138604P 2004-05-14 2004-05-14
US10/868,744 US20070010450A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-06-14 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/054,072 Continuation-In-Part US7494979B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2005-02-08 Method for treating congestive heart failure and other disorders
US12/568,107 Continuation US8101579B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2009-09-28 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070010450A1 true US20070010450A1 (en) 2007-01-11

Family

ID=34198929

Family Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/868,744 Abandoned US20070010450A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-06-14 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US12/568,107 Active 2024-06-17 US8101579B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2009-09-28 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US13/291,526 Abandoned US20120108525A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2011-11-08 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US13/427,431 Abandoned US20130338063A9 (en) 2003-06-13 2012-03-22 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/024,552 Abandoned US20140296163A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-09-11 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/108,026 Abandoned US20140329765A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-12-16 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/936,258 Active US9840536B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2015-11-09 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Family Applications After (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/568,107 Active 2024-06-17 US8101579B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2009-09-28 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US13/291,526 Abandoned US20120108525A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2011-11-08 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US13/427,431 Abandoned US20130338063A9 (en) 2003-06-13 2012-03-22 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/024,552 Abandoned US20140296163A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-09-11 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/108,026 Abandoned US20140329765A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-12-16 Methods and Compositions for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Disorders
US14/936,258 Active US9840536B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2015-11-09 Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (7) US20070010450A1 (en)
EP (3) EP2526958B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2007501866A (en)
CA (1) CA2529307C (en)
DK (1) DK1644021T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2391974T3 (en)
PL (1) PL1644021T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1644021E (en)
WO (1) WO2005016244A2 (en)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060258696A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2006-11-16 Jonathan Moss Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US20080064743A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Wyeth Dry powder compound formulations and uses thereof
US20080242720A1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-02 Mangel Allen Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant and alternating irritable bowel syndrome
US20080274119A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2008-11-06 The University Of Chicago Use of Opioid Antagonists to Attenuate Endothelial Cell Proliferation and Migration
WO2009045985A1 (en) * 2007-10-01 2009-04-09 The University Of Chicago Treatment of drug-induced nausea with opioid antagonists
US20090305993A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2009-12-10 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and composition for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
EP2152266A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2010-02-17 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating disorders associated with salt or fluid retention
US20100087472A1 (en) * 1997-11-03 2010-04-08 Foss Joseph F Use of methylnaltrexone and related compound to treat constipation in chronic opioid users
US20100099699A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2010-04-22 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US20100105911A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-04-29 Boyd Thomas A (S)-N-methylnal trexone
US20100120813A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-05-13 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US20100261746A1 (en) * 2003-04-08 2010-10-14 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulation
US20100305323A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2010-12-02 Smolenskaya Valeriya N Crystal forms of (r)-n-methylnaltrexone bromide and uses thereof
US20100311781A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-12-09 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of r-n-methylnaltrexone
US20110100099A1 (en) * 2008-02-06 2011-05-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and use of (r),(r)-2,2'-bis-methylnaltrexone
US20110190331A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2011-08-04 Avey Alfred A Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8222201B2 (en) 2008-11-19 2012-07-17 Ritesh Sanghvi Crystalline form of linaclotide
US8518962B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2013-08-27 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists
US20140242124A1 (en) * 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of Guanylate Cyclase and Their Uses
US9662325B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2017-05-30 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US9840536B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2017-12-12 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Families Citing this family (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2944648B1 (en) 2001-03-29 2019-11-13 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for the treatment of organ inflammation
EP2998314B1 (en) 2007-06-04 2020-01-22 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
US8969514B2 (en) * 2007-06-04 2015-03-03 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases
WO2009149279A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2009-12-10 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
EP2296685B1 (en) * 2008-06-04 2015-09-02 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2010009319A2 (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
EP3701962A1 (en) 2008-08-15 2020-09-02 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable solid formulation of a gc-c receptor agonist polypeptide suitable for oral administration
EP2373296B1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2016-08-03 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
CA2770077A1 (en) 2009-08-06 2011-02-10 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations comprising linaclotide
EP2464373A1 (en) 2009-08-13 2012-06-20 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for modulating the pharmacodynamic effect of orally administered guanylate cyclase receptor agonists
CN102822175A (en) 2009-12-18 2012-12-12 埃迪尼克斯医药公司 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis C virus inhibitors
AR080055A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2012-03-07 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF PIRAZOLO- [5,1-B] -OXAZOL AS ANTAGONISTS OF THE RECEIVERS OF CRF -1
AR080056A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2012-03-07 Novartis Ag CICLOHEXIL-AMIDA DERIVATIVES AS ANTAGONISTS OF CRF RECEIVERS
US8835444B2 (en) 2010-02-02 2014-09-16 Novartis Ag Cyclohexyl amide derivatives as CRF receptor antagonists
WO2011103311A2 (en) 2010-02-17 2011-08-25 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc Treatments for gastrointestinal disorders
LT2603232T (en) 2010-08-11 2020-01-27 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable formulations of linaclotide
US9616097B2 (en) * 2010-09-15 2017-04-11 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase C agonists and methods of use
WO2012037380A2 (en) * 2010-09-15 2012-03-22 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2012155114A1 (en) 2011-05-11 2012-11-15 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peptides derived from uroguanylin and their use in gastrointestinal disorders
US20150086481A1 (en) * 2011-07-28 2015-03-26 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Diagnosis and treatment of parkinson's disease
WO2013025969A1 (en) 2011-08-17 2013-02-21 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatments for gastrointestinal disorders
US9708367B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-18 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
WO2015021358A2 (en) 2013-08-09 2015-02-12 Dominique Charmot Compounds and methods for inhibiting phosphate transport
EA201690732A1 (en) * 2013-10-10 2016-12-30 Синерджи Фармасьютикалз, Инк. GUANILATZIKLAZY AGONISTS USED FOR THE TREATMENT OF OPIOID-INDUCED DYSFUNCTIONS
MY189692A (en) 2015-05-07 2022-02-26 Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center Anti-ox40 antibodies and methods of use thereof
KR20180083944A (en) 2015-12-02 2018-07-23 아게누스 인코포레이티드 Antibodies and methods for their use
WO2018089628A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 Agenus Inc. Anti-ox40 antibodies, anti-gitr antibodies, and methods of use thereof
WO2018160067A1 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 Universiteit Van Amsterdam Specific increase of dopamine synthesis through targeting of the guanylate cyclase 2c receptor in the treatment of parkinson's disease
US20210330736A1 (en) 2018-09-05 2021-10-28 Universiteit Van Amsterdam Use of a pde11 or pde2 inhibitor for the treatment of parkinson's disease
CN114340631A (en) 2019-05-21 2022-04-12 阿德利克斯股份有限公司 Combination for reducing serum phosphate in a patient
US20240010678A1 (en) * 2020-09-08 2024-01-11 The Johns Hopkins University Method of treatment of irritable bowel syndrome

Citations (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5140102A (en) * 1991-09-23 1992-08-18 Monsanto Company Pentadecapeptide, guanylin, which stimulates intestinal guanylate cyclase
US5250534A (en) * 1990-06-20 1993-10-05 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5272147A (en) * 1991-07-09 1993-12-21 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5395490A (en) * 1993-05-14 1995-03-07 Intertec, Ltd. Method for treating materials by the application of electromagnetic energy at resonant absorption frequencies
US5482941A (en) * 1991-12-11 1996-01-09 Pfizer Inc. Quinazolinone antianginal agents
US5489670A (en) * 1993-10-29 1996-02-06 G. D. Searle & Co. Human uroguanylin
US5591742A (en) * 1992-08-28 1997-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Pyridopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5734053A (en) * 1992-06-26 1998-03-31 Pfizer Inc Purinone antianginal agents
US5859006A (en) * 1994-01-21 1999-01-12 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives; process of preparation and use
US5969097A (en) * 1992-06-23 1999-10-19 G. D. Searle & Co. Human guanylin
US5981527A (en) * 1995-07-14 1999-11-09 Icos Corporation Cyclic GMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6001847A (en) * 1995-07-14 1999-12-14 Icos Corporation Chemical compounds
US6060037A (en) * 1993-10-26 2000-05-09 Thomas Jefferson University Compositions that specifically bind to colorectal cancer cells and methods of using the same
US6087368A (en) * 1998-06-08 2000-07-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinazolinone inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6100270A (en) * 1994-11-26 2000-08-08 Pfizer Inc. Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of impotence
US6117881A (en) * 1996-05-10 2000-09-12 Icos Corporation N-cinnamoyl derivatives of (β) carbolines
US6153630A (en) * 1995-01-10 2000-11-28 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Phenylpyridyl compounds for inhibiting phosphodiesterase IV and methods of using same
US6300335B1 (en) * 1994-11-26 2001-10-09 Pfizer Inc. 4-aminoquinazoline derivative cGMP-PDE inhibitors for the treatment of erectile dysfunction
US6316438B1 (en) * 1999-03-22 2001-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Fused pyridopyridazine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6326379B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2001-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Fused pyridine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6331543B1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2001-12-18 Nitromed, Inc. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US6391869B1 (en) * 1998-12-14 2002-05-21 Cellergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of anorectal disorders
US20020133008A1 (en) * 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 Macor John E. Pyrazolopyridopyrimidine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6469012B1 (en) * 1993-06-09 2002-10-22 Pfizer Inc Pyrazolopyrimidinones for the treatment of impotence
US20020177587A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2002-11-28 Yingzhi Bi Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20030055070A1 (en) * 1999-07-01 2003-03-20 Wilma Harrison Phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors for the treatment of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSR) induced sexual dysfunction
US20030060627A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2003-03-27 Jordi Gracia Ferrer 8-Phenyl-6, 9-dihydro-[1,2,4] triazolo[3,4-i]purin-5-one derivatives
US20030073628A1 (en) * 2001-03-29 2003-04-17 Kunwar Shailubhai Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for the treatment of tissue inflammation and carcinogenesis
US20030176421A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2003-09-18 Watson John W. Prokinetic agents for treating gastric hypomotility and related disorders
US20030232013A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-12-18 Gary Sieckman Therapeutic and diagnostic targeting of cancers cells with tumor homing peptides
US20030232838A1 (en) * 2000-06-07 2003-12-18 Bernat Vidal Juan 6-phenylpyrrolopyrimidinedione derivatives
US20040121961A1 (en) * 2002-02-04 2004-06-24 Jaime Masferrer Uroguanylin and cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor combinations for inhibition of intestinal cancer
US20040152868A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2004-08-05 Larsen Bjarne Due Compositions and methods for modulating guanylyl cyclase signaling receptor (gc-c) activity and for treating meniere's disease
US20040258687A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-12-23 Thomas Jefferson University Use of GCC ligands
US20040266989A1 (en) * 2003-01-28 2004-12-30 Currie Mark G Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US20050032684A1 (en) * 2001-06-05 2005-02-10 Yalcin Cetin Use of a peptide which activates guanylate-cyclase c for the treatment of respiratory airway problems via the airways, medicament, inhaltion devices and method of diagnosis
US6872721B2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2005-03-29 Lilly Icos Llc Derivatives of 2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydropyrazino-[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4b]-indole-1,4-dione
US20050192279A1 (en) * 2004-02-10 2005-09-01 Kent Barbay Pyridazinones as antagonists of alpha4 integrins
US20050209232A1 (en) * 2004-02-10 2005-09-22 Kent Barbay Pyridazinone ureas as antagonists of alpha4 integrins
US20090041675A1 (en) * 2005-05-31 2009-02-12 Alexandre Trifilieff Organic compounds

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW334423B (en) * 1993-10-22 1998-06-21 Hoffmann La Roche Tricyclic 1-aminoethylpyrrole-derivatives
US5879656A (en) 1993-10-26 1999-03-09 Thomas Jefferson University Methods of treating metastatic colorectal cancer with ST receptor binding compounds
US5962220A (en) 1993-10-26 1999-10-05 Thomas Jefferson University Compositions that specifically bind to colorectal cells and methods of using the same
DE19543628A1 (en) 1995-11-24 1997-05-28 Forssmann Wolf Georg Human circulating peptide with insulinotropic activity (GCAP-II- (89-112), (guanylyl cyclase C activating peptide II) and its GCAP analogues, in particular GCAP-I- (99-115), its use as a pharmacological Active ingredient and use of its principle of action to provide new GC-C-dependent insulinotropic active ingredients
DE59811840D1 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-09-23 Pharis Biotec Gmbh COMPOSITION FOR THE THERAPY OF DIABETES MELLITUS AND FETISH ADDICTION
US6534221B2 (en) * 1998-03-28 2003-03-18 Gray Scale Technologies, Inc. Method for fabricating continuous space variant attenuating lithography mask for fabrication of devices with three-dimensional structures and microelectronics
IT1312104B1 (en) * 1999-05-13 2002-04-04 Ausimont Spa PROCESS FOR OBTAINING PENTAFLUOROETHANE FOR DITETRAFLUOROCLORETHANE DISCUSSION
US6696057B1 (en) * 1999-09-22 2004-02-24 Lacpro Industries, Inc. Composition and method for treatment of gastrointestinal disorders and hyperlipidemia
EP1220872A1 (en) 1999-10-06 2002-07-10 Pharmacia Corporation Uroguanylin as an intestinal cancer inhibiting agent
AU2000254308A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-11-26 Sk Chemicals Co., Ltd. Pyrazolopyrimidinone derivatives, process for their preparation and their use
US6586403B1 (en) 2000-07-20 2003-07-01 Salpep Biotechnology, Inc. Treating allergic reactions and inflammatory responses with tri-and dipeptides
EP1366050B1 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-04-13 Lilly Icos LLC Condensed pyrazindione derivatives as pde inhibitors
JP2004521123A (en) 2001-02-02 2004-07-15 ファルマシア・コーポレーション Combination of uroguanylin and cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors for intestinal cancer inhibition
US20030096748A1 (en) * 2001-06-04 2003-05-22 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases associated with signal transduction aberrations
PL1644021T3 (en) 2003-06-13 2013-01-31 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US7494979B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2009-02-24 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for treating congestive heart failure and other disorders
AU2005257832A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2006-01-05 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Prouroguanylin as therapeutic and diagnostic agents

Patent Citations (75)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5719283A (en) * 1990-06-20 1998-02-17 Pfizer Inc. Intermediates useful in the synthesis of pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5250534A (en) * 1990-06-20 1993-10-05 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5346901A (en) * 1990-06-20 1994-09-13 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5272147A (en) * 1991-07-09 1993-12-21 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5426107A (en) * 1991-07-09 1995-06-20 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5140102A (en) * 1991-09-23 1992-08-18 Monsanto Company Pentadecapeptide, guanylin, which stimulates intestinal guanylate cyclase
US5482941A (en) * 1991-12-11 1996-01-09 Pfizer Inc. Quinazolinone antianginal agents
US5969097A (en) * 1992-06-23 1999-10-19 G. D. Searle & Co. Human guanylin
US5734053A (en) * 1992-06-26 1998-03-31 Pfizer Inc Purinone antianginal agents
US5591742A (en) * 1992-08-28 1997-01-07 Pfizer Inc. Pyridopyrimidinone antianginal agents
US5395490A (en) * 1993-05-14 1995-03-07 Intertec, Ltd. Method for treating materials by the application of electromagnetic energy at resonant absorption frequencies
US6469012B1 (en) * 1993-06-09 2002-10-22 Pfizer Inc Pyrazolopyrimidinones for the treatment of impotence
US20030027824A1 (en) * 1993-06-09 2003-02-06 Peter Ellis Pyrazolopyrimidinones for the treatment of female sexual dysfunction
US6060037A (en) * 1993-10-26 2000-05-09 Thomas Jefferson University Compositions that specifically bind to colorectal cancer cells and methods of using the same
US5489670A (en) * 1993-10-29 1996-02-06 G. D. Searle & Co. Human uroguanylin
US5859006A (en) * 1994-01-21 1999-01-12 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives; process of preparation and use
US6025494A (en) * 1994-01-21 2000-02-15 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives, process of preparation and use
US20020119976A1 (en) * 1994-01-21 2002-08-29 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives, process of preparation and use
US6784179B2 (en) * 1994-01-21 2004-08-31 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives, process of preparation and use
US6369059B1 (en) * 1994-01-21 2002-04-09 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives, process of preparation and use
US6127542A (en) * 1994-01-21 2000-10-03 Icos Corporation Tetracyclic derivatives, process of preparation and use
US20010044441A1 (en) * 1994-11-26 2001-11-22 Campbell Simon Fraser 6-heterocyclyl pyrazolo [3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-one cGMP-PDE inhibitors for the treatment of erectile dysfunction
US6300335B1 (en) * 1994-11-26 2001-10-09 Pfizer Inc. 4-aminoquinazoline derivative cGMP-PDE inhibitors for the treatment of erectile dysfunction
US20040087599A1 (en) * 1994-11-26 2004-05-06 Pfizer Inc cGMP-PDE inhibitors for the treatment of erectile dysfunction
US6656945B2 (en) * 1994-11-26 2003-12-02 Pfizer Inc 6-heterocyclyl pyrazolo [3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-one cGMP-PDE inhibitors for the treatment of erectile dysfunction
US6534511B1 (en) * 1994-11-26 2003-03-18 Pfizer Inc. Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of impotence
US6100270A (en) * 1994-11-26 2000-08-08 Pfizer Inc. Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of impotence
US6153630A (en) * 1995-01-10 2000-11-28 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Phenylpyridyl compounds for inhibiting phosphodiesterase IV and methods of using same
US6218400B1 (en) * 1995-07-14 2001-04-17 Icos Corporation Treatment method using a cGMP-Specific PDE inhibitor
US6001847A (en) * 1995-07-14 1999-12-14 Icos Corporation Chemical compounds
US5981527A (en) * 1995-07-14 1999-11-09 Icos Corporation Cyclic GMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US6306870B1 (en) * 1996-05-10 2001-10-23 Icos Corporation N-cinnamoyl derivatives of beta-carboline
US6117881A (en) * 1996-05-10 2000-09-12 Icos Corporation N-cinnamoyl derivatives of (β) carbolines
US20030023087A1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2003-01-30 Garvey David S. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US6930113B2 (en) * 1996-11-01 2005-08-16 Nitromed, Inc. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US20080009498A1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2008-01-10 Nitromed, Inc. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors and nitric oxide donors, compositions and methods of use
US20040087591A1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2004-05-06 Garvey David S. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors and nitric oxide donors, compositions and methods of use
US20020019405A1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2002-02-14 Garvey David S. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US6331543B1 (en) * 1996-11-01 2001-12-18 Nitromed, Inc. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US6462044B2 (en) * 1996-11-01 2002-10-08 Nitromed, Inc. Nitrosated and nitrosylated phosphodiesterase inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
US6087368A (en) * 1998-06-08 2000-07-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinazolinone inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6326379B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2001-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Fused pyridine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6391869B1 (en) * 1998-12-14 2002-05-21 Cellergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of anorectal disorders
US6316438B1 (en) * 1999-03-22 2001-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Fused pyridopyridazine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20030055070A1 (en) * 1999-07-01 2003-03-20 Wilma Harrison Phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors for the treatment of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSR) induced sexual dysfunction
US20030060627A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2003-03-27 Jordi Gracia Ferrer 8-Phenyl-6, 9-dihydro-[1,2,4] triazolo[3,4-i]purin-5-one derivatives
US7034016B2 (en) * 1999-07-27 2006-04-25 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. 8-phenyl-6,9-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[3,4-i]purin-5-one derivatives
US20030176421A1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2003-09-18 Watson John W. Prokinetic agents for treating gastric hypomotility and related disorders
US6872721B2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2005-03-29 Lilly Icos Llc Derivatives of 2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydropyrazino-[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4b]-indole-1,4-dione
US20030232838A1 (en) * 2000-06-07 2003-12-18 Bernat Vidal Juan 6-phenylpyrrolopyrimidinedione derivatives
US6943253B2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2005-09-13 Almirall Prodesfarma S.A. 6-phenylpyrrolopyrimidinedione derivatives
US20050113358A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2005-05-26 Yingzhi Bi Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US7378430B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2008-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20070155788A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2007-07-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline Inhibitors of cGMP Phosphodiesterase
US6576644B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2003-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US7384958B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2008-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6835737B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2004-12-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20070117843A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2007-05-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US7173042B2 (en) * 2000-09-06 2007-02-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20020177587A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2002-11-28 Yingzhi Bi Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20070155775A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2007-07-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinoline Inhibitors of cGMP Phosphodiesterase
US20030225128A1 (en) * 2000-09-06 2003-12-04 Yingzhi Bi Quinoline inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20020133008A1 (en) * 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 Macor John E. Pyrazolopyridopyrimidine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US6642244B2 (en) * 2001-03-16 2003-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Pyrazolopyridopyrimidine inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase
US20030073628A1 (en) * 2001-03-29 2003-04-17 Kunwar Shailubhai Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for the treatment of tissue inflammation and carcinogenesis
US7041786B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2006-05-09 Callisto Pharmaceuticals Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for the treatment of tissue inflammation and carcinogenesis
US20040152868A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2004-08-05 Larsen Bjarne Due Compositions and methods for modulating guanylyl cyclase signaling receptor (gc-c) activity and for treating meniere's disease
US20050032684A1 (en) * 2001-06-05 2005-02-10 Yalcin Cetin Use of a peptide which activates guanylate-cyclase c for the treatment of respiratory airway problems via the airways, medicament, inhaltion devices and method of diagnosis
US20040121961A1 (en) * 2002-02-04 2004-06-24 Jaime Masferrer Uroguanylin and cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor combinations for inhibition of intestinal cancer
US20030232013A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-12-18 Gary Sieckman Therapeutic and diagnostic targeting of cancers cells with tumor homing peptides
US20040266989A1 (en) * 2003-01-28 2004-12-30 Currie Mark G Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US20040258687A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-12-23 Thomas Jefferson University Use of GCC ligands
US20050209232A1 (en) * 2004-02-10 2005-09-22 Kent Barbay Pyridazinone ureas as antagonists of alpha4 integrins
US20050192279A1 (en) * 2004-02-10 2005-09-01 Kent Barbay Pyridazinones as antagonists of alpha4 integrins
US20090041675A1 (en) * 2005-05-31 2009-02-12 Alexandre Trifilieff Organic compounds

Cited By (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100087472A1 (en) * 1997-11-03 2010-04-08 Foss Joseph F Use of methylnaltrexone and related compound to treat constipation in chronic opioid users
US10376584B2 (en) 2003-04-08 2019-08-13 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable pharmaceutical formulations of methylnaltrexone
US9669096B2 (en) 2003-04-08 2017-06-06 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable pharmaceutical formulations of methylnaltrexone
US8552025B2 (en) 2003-04-08 2013-10-08 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable methylnaltrexone preparation
US20100261745A1 (en) * 2003-04-08 2010-10-14 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulation
US20100261744A1 (en) * 2003-04-08 2010-10-14 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulation
US20100261746A1 (en) * 2003-04-08 2010-10-14 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulation
US9840536B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2017-12-12 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US8524731B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2013-09-03 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US9662325B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2017-05-30 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US8518962B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2013-08-27 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists
US20060258696A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2006-11-16 Jonathan Moss Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US9717725B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2017-08-01 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists
US9675602B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2017-06-13 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US9662390B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2017-05-30 The University Of Chicago Use of opioid antagonists to attenuate endothelial cell proliferation and migration
US20080274119A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2008-11-06 The University Of Chicago Use of Opioid Antagonists to Attenuate Endothelial Cell Proliferation and Migration
US20100311781A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-12-09 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of r-n-methylnaltrexone
US9597327B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2017-03-21 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of (R)-N-methylnaltrexone
US8343992B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2013-01-01 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of R-N-methylnaltrexone
US8916581B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2014-12-23 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (S)-N-methylnaltrexone
US20100105911A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-04-29 Boyd Thomas A (S)-N-methylnal trexone
US8003794B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2011-08-23 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (S)-N-methylnaltrexone
US20090305993A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2009-12-10 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and composition for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US20080064743A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Wyeth Dry powder compound formulations and uses thereof
US8546418B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2013-10-01 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US20100099699A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2010-04-22 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US9879024B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2018-01-30 Progenics Pharmaceuticals., Inc. Crystal forms of (R)-N-methylnaltrexone bromide and uses thereof
US8338446B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2012-12-25 Wyeth Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8853232B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2014-10-07 Wyeth Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8772310B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2014-07-08 Wyeth Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US20100305323A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2010-12-02 Smolenskaya Valeriya N Crystal forms of (r)-n-methylnaltrexone bromide and uses thereof
US9102680B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2015-08-11 Wyeth Llc Crystal forms of (R)-N-methylnaltrexone bromide and uses thereof
US20110190331A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2011-08-04 Avey Alfred A Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US7960429B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2011-06-14 Tioga Pharmaceuticals, Inc Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant irritable bowel syndrome
WO2008121496A1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-09 Tioga Pharmaceuticals Inc. Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant and alternating irritable bowel syndrome
US20110046174A1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2011-02-24 Tioga Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant irritable bowel syndrome
US8877800B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2014-11-04 Tioga Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant irritable bowel syndrome
US20080242720A1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-02 Mangel Allen Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea-predominant and alternating irritable bowel syndrome
EP2152266A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2010-02-17 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating disorders associated with salt or fluid retention
EP2152266A4 (en) * 2007-05-04 2010-07-28 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for treating disorders associated with salt or fluid retention
EP2671584A3 (en) * 2007-05-04 2014-03-26 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating disorders associated with salt or fluid retention
EP2671584A2 (en) * 2007-05-04 2013-12-11 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating disorders associated with salt or fluid retention
US20100215779A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2010-08-26 Currie Mark G Compositions and Methods for Treating Disorders Associated with Salt or Fluid Retention
WO2009045985A1 (en) * 2007-10-01 2009-04-09 The University Of Chicago Treatment of drug-induced nausea with opioid antagonists
US8471022B2 (en) 2008-02-06 2013-06-25 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and use of (R),(R)-2,2′-bis-methylnaltrexone
US20110100099A1 (en) * 2008-02-06 2011-05-05 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and use of (r),(r)-2,2'-bis-methylnaltrexone
US8916706B2 (en) 2008-02-06 2014-12-23 Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and use of (R),(R)-2,2′-bis-methylnaltrexone
US8420663B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2013-04-16 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US9724343B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2017-08-08 Wyeth, Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8455644B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2013-06-04 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US20100120813A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-05-13 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US9492445B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2016-11-15 Wyeth, Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8247425B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2012-08-21 Wyeth Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8822490B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2014-09-02 Wyeth Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US9180125B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2015-11-10 Wyeth, Llc Peripheral opioid receptor antagonists and uses thereof
US8222201B2 (en) 2008-11-19 2012-07-17 Ritesh Sanghvi Crystalline form of linaclotide
US8293704B2 (en) 2008-11-19 2012-10-23 Ritesh Sanghvi Crystalline form of linaclotide
US20140242124A1 (en) * 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of Guanylate Cyclase and Their Uses
US9545446B2 (en) * 2013-02-25 2017-01-17 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
AU2014218599B2 (en) * 2013-02-25 2018-05-17 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for use in colonic cleansing
AU2014218599C1 (en) * 2013-02-25 2018-09-06 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Guanylate cyclase receptor agonists for use in colonic cleansing
US10342848B2 (en) 2013-02-25 2019-07-09 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
US20170143789A1 (en) * 2013-02-25 2017-05-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
US10967043B2 (en) 2013-02-25 2021-04-06 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140296163A1 (en) 2014-10-02
EP1644021B1 (en) 2012-08-22
WO2005016244A2 (en) 2005-02-24
EP3342420A1 (en) 2018-07-04
ES2391974T3 (en) 2012-12-03
US20130338063A9 (en) 2013-12-19
EP2526958A1 (en) 2012-11-28
US8101579B2 (en) 2012-01-24
EP2526958B1 (en) 2017-10-18
CA2529307A1 (en) 2005-02-24
PT1644021E (en) 2013-01-30
EP1644021A2 (en) 2006-04-12
PL1644021T3 (en) 2013-01-31
DK1644021T3 (en) 2012-10-29
US20120196797A1 (en) 2012-08-02
WO2005016244A3 (en) 2005-10-20
JP2007501866A (en) 2007-02-01
US20140329765A1 (en) 2014-11-06
US9840536B2 (en) 2017-12-12
US20120108525A1 (en) 2012-05-03
US20160168201A1 (en) 2016-06-16
EP1644021A4 (en) 2011-01-19
CA2529307C (en) 2013-12-24
US20100234301A1 (en) 2010-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9840536B2 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US7745409B2 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US7910546B2 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
EP2246360B1 (en) Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US20060281682A1 (en) Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MICROBIA, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CURRIE, MARK G.;MAHAJAN-MIKLOS, SHALINA;SUN, LI JING;REEL/FRAME:015338/0867;SIGNING DATES FROM 20040909 TO 20040917

AS Assignment

Owner name: IRONWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:MICROBIA, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020828/0232

Effective date: 20080407

Owner name: IRONWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:MICROBIA, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020828/0232

Effective date: 20080407

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: MICROBIA, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CURRIE, MARK G.;MAHAJAN-MIKLOS, SHALINA;SUN, LI JING;SIGNING DATES FROM 20040909 TO 20040917;REEL/FRAME:025499/0145